rclone(1) User Manual Nick Craig-Wood Dec 23, 2022
Rclone syncs your files to cloud storage
- About rclone
- What can rclone do for you?
- What features does rclone have?
- What providers does rclone support?
- Download
- Install
- Donate.
About rclone
Rclone is a command-line program to manage files on cloud storage. It is a feature-rich alternative to cloud vendors' web storage interfaces. Over 40 cloud storage products support rclone including S3 object stores, business & consumer file storage services, as well as standard transfer protocols.
Rclone has powerful cloud equivalents to the unix commands rsync, cp, mv, mount, ls, ncdu, tree, rm, and cat. Rclone's familiar syntax includes shell pipeline support, and --dry-run protection. It is used at the command line, in scripts or via its API.
Users call rclone "The Swiss army knife of cloud storage", and "Technology indistinguishable from magic".
Rclone really looks after your data. It preserves timestamps and verifies checksums at all times. Transfers over limited bandwidth; intermittent connections, or subject to quota can be restarted, from the last good file transferred. You can check the integrity of your files. Where possible, rclone employs server-side transfers to minimise local bandwidth use and transfers from one provider to another without using local disk.
Virtual backends wrap local and cloud file systems to apply encryption, compression, chunking, hashing and joining.
Rclone mounts any local, cloud or virtual filesystem as a disk on Windows, macOS, linux and FreeBSD, and also serves these over SFTP, HTTP, WebDAV, FTP and DLNA.
Rclone is mature, open-source software originally inspired by rsync and written in Go. The friendly support community is familiar with varied use cases. Official Ubuntu, Debian, Fedora, Brew and Chocolatey repos. include rclone. For the latest version downloading from rclone.org is recommended.
Rclone is widely used on Linux, Windows and Mac. Third-party developers create innovative backup, restore, GUI and business process solutions using the rclone command line or API.
Rclone does the heavy lifting of communicating with cloud storage.
What can rclone do for you?
Rclone helps you:
- Backup (and encrypt) files to cloud storage
- Restore (and decrypt) files from cloud storage
- Mirror cloud data to other cloud services or locally
- Migrate data to the cloud, or between cloud storage vendors
- Mount multiple, encrypted, cached or diverse cloud storage as a disk
- Analyse and account for data held on cloud storage using lsf, ljson, size, ncdu
- Union file systems together to present multiple local and/or cloud file systems as one
Features
- Transfers
- MD5, SHA1 hashes are checked at all times for file integrity
- Timestamps are preserved on files
- Operations can be restarted at any time
- Can be to and from network, e.g. two different cloud providers
- Can use multi-threaded downloads to local disk
- Copy new or changed files to cloud storage
- Sync (one way) to make a directory identical
- Move files to cloud storage deleting the local after verification
- Check hashes and for missing/extra files
- Mount your cloud storage as a network disk
- Serve local or remote files over HTTP/WebDav/FTP/SFTP/DLNA
- Experimental Web based GUI
Supported providers
(There are many others, built on standard protocols such as WebDAV or S3, that work out of the box.)
- 1Fichier
- Akamai Netstorage
- Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
- Amazon Drive
- Amazon S3
- Backblaze B2
- Box
- Ceph
- China Mobile Ecloud Elastic Object Storage (EOS)
- Arvan Cloud Object Storage (AOS)
- Citrix ShareFile
- Cloudflare R2
- DigitalOcean Spaces
- Digi Storage
- Dreamhost
- Dropbox
- Enterprise File Fabric
- FTP
- Google Cloud Storage
- Google Drive
- Google Photos
- HDFS
- Hetzner Storage Box
- HiDrive
- HTTP
- Internet Archive
- Jottacloud
- IBM COS S3
- IDrive e2
- IONOS Cloud
- Koofr
- Liara Object Storage
- Mail.ru Cloud
- Memset Memstore
- Mega
- Memory
- Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
- Microsoft OneDrive
- Minio
- Nextcloud
- OVH
- OpenDrive
- OpenStack Swift
- Oracle Cloud Storage Swift
- Oracle Object Storage
- ownCloud
- pCloud
- premiumize.me
- put.io
- QingStor
- Qiniu Cloud Object Storage (Kodo)
- Rackspace Cloud Files
- rsync.net
- Scaleway
- Seafile
- Seagate Lyve Cloud
- SeaweedFS
- SFTP
- Sia
- SMB / CIFS
- StackPath
- Storj
- SugarSync
- Tencent Cloud Object Storage (COS)
- Uptobox
- Wasabi
- WebDAV
- Yandex Disk
- Zoho WorkDrive
- The local filesystem
Virtual providers
These backends adapt or modify other storage providers:
- Alias: Rename existing remotes
- Cache: Cache remotes (DEPRECATED)
- Chunker: Split large files
- Combine: Combine multiple remotes into a directory tree
- Compress: Compress files
- Crypt: Encrypt files
- Hasher: Hash files
- Union: Join multiple remotes to work together
Links
- Home page
- GitHub project page for source and bug tracker
- Rclone Forum
- Downloads
Install
Rclone is a Go program and comes as a single binary file.
Quickstart
- Download the relevant binary.
- Extract the rclone executable, rclone.exe on Windows, from the archive.
- Run rclone config to setup. See rclone config docs for more details.
- Optionally configure automatic execution.
See below for some expanded Linux / macOS / Windows instructions.
See the usage docs for how to use rclone, or run rclone -h.
Already installed rclone can be easily updated to the latest version using the rclone selfupdate command.
Script installation
To install rclone on Linux/macOS/BSD systems, run:
sudo -v ; curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash
For beta installation, run:
sudo -v ; curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash -s beta
Note that this script checks the version of rclone installed first and won't re-download if not needed.
Linux installation
Precompiled binary
Fetch and unpack
curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
unzip rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
cd rclone-*-linux-amd64
Copy binary file
sudo cp rclone /usr/bin/
sudo chown root:root /usr/bin/rclone
sudo chmod 755 /usr/bin/rclone
Install manpage
sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/share/man/man1
sudo cp rclone.1 /usr/local/share/man/man1/
sudo mandb
Run rclone config to setup. See rclone config docs for more details.
rclone config
macOS installation
Installation with brew
brew install rclone
NOTE: This version of rclone will not support mount any more (see #5373). If mounting is wanted on macOS, either install a precompiled binary or enable the relevant option when installing from source.
Note that this is a third party installer not controlled by the rclone developers so it may be out of date. Its current version is as below.
[Homebrew package]
Precompiled binary, using curl
To avoid problems with macOS gatekeeper enforcing the binary to be signed and notarized it is enough to download with curl.
Download the latest version of rclone.
cd && curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip
Unzip the download and cd to the extracted folder.
unzip -a rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip && cd rclone-*-osx-amd64
Move rclone to your $PATH. You will be prompted for your password.
sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/bin
sudo mv rclone /usr/local/bin/
(the mkdir command is safe to run, even if the directory already exists).
Remove the leftover files.
cd .. && rm -rf rclone-*-osx-amd64 rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip
Run rclone config to setup. See rclone config docs for more details.
rclone config
Precompiled binary, using a web browser
When downloading a binary with a web browser, the browser will set the macOS gatekeeper quarantine attribute. Starting from Catalina, when attempting to run rclone, a pop-up will appear saying:
"rclone" cannot be opened because the developer cannot be verified.
macOS cannot verify that this app is free from malware.
The simplest fix is to run
xattr -d com.apple.quarantine rclone
Windows installation
Precompiled binary
Fetch the correct binary for your processor type by clicking on these links. If not sure, use the first link.
- Intel/AMD - 64 Bit
- Intel/AMD - 32 Bit
- ARM - 64 Bit
Open this file in the Explorer and extract rclone.exe. Rclone is a portable executable so you can place it wherever is convenient.
Open a CMD window (or powershell) and run the binary. Note that rclone does not launch a GUI by default, it runs in the CMD Window.
- Run rclone.exe config to setup. See rclone config docs for more details.
- Optionally configure automatic execution.
If you are planning to use the rclone mount feature then you will need to install the third party utility WinFsp also.
Chocolatey package manager
Make sure you have Choco installed
choco search rclone
choco install rclone
This will install rclone on your Windows machine. If you are planning to use rclone mount then
choco install winfsp
will install that too.
Note that this is a third party installer not controlled by the rclone developers so it may be out of date. Its current version is as below.
[Chocolatey package]
Package manager installation
Many Linux, Windows, macOS and other OS distributions package and distribute rclone.
The distributed versions of rclone are often quite out of date and for this reason we recommend one of the other installation methods if possible.
You can get an idea of how up to date or not your OS distribution's package is here.
[Packaging status]
Docker installation
The rclone developers maintain a docker image for rclone.
These images are built as part of the release process based on a minimal Alpine Linux.
The :latest tag will always point to the latest stable release. You can use the :beta tag to get the latest build from master. You can also use version tags, e.g. :1.49.1, :1.49 or :1.
$ docker pull rclone/rclone:latest
latest: Pulling from rclone/rclone
Digest: sha256:0e0ced72671989bb837fea8e88578b3fc48371aa45d209663683e24cfdaa0e11
...
$ docker run --rm rclone/rclone:latest version
rclone v1.49.1
- os/arch: linux/amd64
- go version: go1.12.9
There are a few command line options to consider when starting an rclone Docker container from the rclone image.
-
You need to mount the host rclone config dir at /config/rclone into the Docker container. Due to the fact that rclone updates tokens inside its config file, and that the update process involves a file rename, you need to mount the whole host rclone config dir, not just the single host rclone config file.
-
You need to mount a host data dir at /data into the Docker container.
-
By default, the rclone binary inside a Docker container runs with UID=0 (root). As a result, all files created in a run will have UID=0. If your config and data files reside on the host with a non-root UID:GID, you need to pass these on the container start command line.
-
If you want to access the RC interface (either via the API or the Web UI), it is required to set the --rc-addr to :5572 in order to connect to it from outside the container. An explanation about why this is necessary is present here.
- NOTE: Users running this container with the docker network set to host should probably set it to listen to localhost only, with 127.0.0.1:5572 as the value for --rc-addr
-
It is possible to use rclone mount inside a userspace Docker container, and expose the resulting fuse mount to the host. The exact docker run options to do that might vary slightly between hosts. See, e.g. the discussion in this thread.
You also need to mount the host /etc/passwd and /etc/group for fuse to work inside the container.
Here are some commands tested on an Ubuntu 18.04.3 host:
# config on host at ~/.config/rclone/rclone.conf
# data on host at ~/data
# make sure the config is ok by listing the remotes
docker run --rm \
--volume ~/.config/rclone:/config/rclone \
--volume ~/data:/data:shared \
--user $(id -u):$(id -g) \
rclone/rclone \
listremotes
# perform mount inside Docker container, expose result to host
mkdir -p ~/data/mount
docker run --rm \
--volume ~/.config/rclone:/config/rclone \
--volume ~/data:/data:shared \
--user $(id -u):$(id -g) \
--volume /etc/passwd:/etc/passwd:ro --volume /etc/group:/etc/group:ro \
--device /dev/fuse --cap-add SYS_ADMIN --security-opt apparmor:unconfined \
rclone/rclone \
mount dropbox:Photos /data/mount &
ls ~/data/mount
kill %1
Source installation
Make sure you have git and Go installed. Go version 1.17 or newer is required, latest release is recommended. You can get it from your package manager, or download it from golang.org/dl. Then you can run the following:
git clone https://github.com/rclone/rclone.git
cd rclone
go build
This will check out the rclone source in subfolder rclone, which you can later modify and send pull requests with. Then it will build the rclone executable in the same folder. As an initial check you can now run ./rclone version (.\rclone version on Windows).
Note that on macOS and Windows the mount command will not be available unless you specify an additional build tag cmount.
go build -tags cmount
This assumes you have a GCC compatible C compiler (GCC or Clang) in your PATH, as it uses cgo. But on Windows, the cgofuse library that the cmount implementation is based on, also supports building without cgo, i.e. by setting environment variable CGO_ENABLED to value 0 (static linking). This is how the official Windows release of rclone is being built, starting with version 1.59. It is still possible to build with cgo on Windows as well, by using the MinGW port of GCC, e.g. by installing it in a MSYS2 distribution (make sure you install it in the classic mingw64 subsystem, the ucrt64 version is not compatible).
Additionally, on Windows, you must install the third party utility WinFsp, with the "Developer" feature selected. If building with cgo, you must also set environment variable CPATH pointing to the fuse include directory within the WinFsp installation (normally C:\Program Files (x86)\WinFsp\inc\fuse).
You may also add arguments -ldflags -s (with or without -tags cmount), to omit symbol table and debug information, making the executable file smaller, and -trimpath to remove references to local file system paths. This is how the official rclone releases are built.
go build -trimpath -ldflags -s -tags cmount
Instead of executing the go build command directly, you can run it via the Makefile. It changes the version number suffix from "-DEV" to "-beta" and appends commit details. It also copies the resulting rclone executable into your GOPATH bin folder ($(go env GOPATH)/bin, which corresponds to ~/go/bin/rclone by default).
make
To include mount command on macOS and Windows with Makefile build:
make GOTAGS=cmount
There are other make targets that can be used for more advanced builds, such as cross-compiling for all supported os/architectures, embedding icon and version info resources into windows executable, and packaging results into release artifacts. See Makefile and cross-compile.go for details.
Another alternative is to download the source, build and install rclone in one operation, as a regular Go package. The source will be stored it in the Go module cache, and the resulting executable will be in your GOPATH bin folder ($(go env GOPATH)/bin, which corresponds to ~/go/bin/rclone by default).
With Go version 1.17 or newer:
go install github.com/rclone/rclone@latest
With Go versions older than 1.17 (do not use the -u flag, it causes Go to try to update the dependencies that rclone uses and sometimes these don't work with the current version):
go get github.com/rclone/rclone
Ansible installation
This can be done with Stefan Weichinger's ansible role.
Instructions
-
git clone https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone.git into your local roles-directory
-
add the role to the hosts you want rclone installed to:
- hosts: rclone-hosts roles: - rclone
Portable installation
As mentioned above, rclone is single executable (rclone, or rclone.exe on Windows) that you can download as a zip archive and extract into a location of your choosing. When executing different commands, it may create files in different locations, such as a configuration file and various temporary files. By default the locations for these are according to your operating system, e.g. configuration file in your user profile directory and temporary files in the standard temporary directory, but you can customize all of them, e.g. to make a completely self-contained, portable installation.
Run the config paths command to see the locations that rclone will use.
To override them set the corresponding options (as command-line arguments, or as environment variables): - --config - --cache-dir - --temp-dir
Autostart
After installing and configuring rclone, as described above, you are ready to use rclone as an interactive command line utility. If your goal is to perform periodic operations, such as a regular sync, you will probably want to configure your rclone command in your operating system's scheduler. If you need to expose service-like features, such as remote control, GUI, serve or mount, you will often want an rclone command always running in the background, and configuring it to run in a service infrastructure may be a better option. Below are some alternatives on how to achieve this on different operating systems.
NOTE: Before setting up autorun it is highly recommended that you have tested your command manually from a Command Prompt first.
Autostart on Windows
The most relevant alternatives for autostart on Windows are: - Run at user log on using the Startup folder - Run at user log on, at system startup or at schedule using Task Scheduler - Run at system startup using Windows service
Running in background
Rclone is a console application, so if not starting from an existing Command Prompt, e.g. when starting rclone.exe from a shortcut, it will open a Command Prompt window. When configuring rclone to run from task scheduler and windows service you are able to set it to run hidden in background. From rclone version 1.54 you can also make it run hidden from anywhere by adding option --no-console (it may still flash briefly when the program starts). Since rclone normally writes information and any error messages to the console, you must redirect this to a file to be able to see it. Rclone has a built-in option --log-file for that.
Example command to run a sync in background:
c:\rclone\rclone.exe sync c:\files remote:/files --no-console --log-file c:\rclone\logs\sync_files.txt
User account
As mentioned in the mount documentation, mounted drives created as Administrator are not visible to other accounts, not even the account that was elevated as Administrator. By running the mount command as the built-in SYSTEM user account, it will create drives accessible for everyone on the system. Both scheduled task and Windows service can be used to achieve this.
NOTE: Remember that when rclone runs as the SYSTEM user, the user profile that it sees will not be yours. This means that if you normally run rclone with configuration file in the default location, to be able to use the same configuration when running as the system user you must explicitly tell rclone where to find it with the --config option, or else it will look in the system users profile path (C:\Windows\System32\config\systemprofile). To test your command manually from a Command Prompt, you can run it with the PsExec utility from Microsoft's Sysinternals suite, which takes option -s to execute commands as the SYSTEM user.
Start from Startup folder
To quickly execute an rclone command you can simply create a standard Windows Explorer shortcut for the complete rclone command you want to run. If you store this shortcut in the special "Startup" start-menu folder, Windows will automatically run it at login. To open this folder in Windows Explorer, enter path %APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\Startup, or C:\ProgramData\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\StartUp if you want the command to start for every user that logs in.
This is the easiest approach to autostarting of rclone, but it offers no functionality to set it to run as different user, or to set conditions or actions on certain events. Setting up a scheduled task as described below will often give you better results.
Start from Task Scheduler
Task Scheduler is an administrative tool built into Windows, and it can be used to configure rclone to be started automatically in a highly configurable way, e.g. periodically on a schedule, on user log on, or at system startup. It can run be configured to run as the current user, or for a mount command that needs to be available to all users it can run as the SYSTEM user. For technical information, see https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/win32/taskschd/task-scheduler-start-page.
Run as service
For running rclone at system startup, you can create a Windows service that executes your rclone command, as an alternative to scheduled task configured to run at startup.
Mount command built-in service integration
For mount commands, rclone has a built-in Windows service integration via the third-party WinFsp library it uses. Registering as a regular Windows service easy, as you just have to execute the built-in PowerShell command New-Service (requires administrative privileges).
Example of a PowerShell command that creates a Windows service for mounting some remote:/files as drive letter X:, for all users (service will be running as the local system account):
New-Service -Name Rclone -BinaryPathName 'c:\rclone\rclone.exe mount remote:/files X: --config c:\rclone\config\rclone.conf --log-file c:\rclone\logs\mount.txt'
The WinFsp service infrastructure supports incorporating services for file system implementations, such as rclone, into its own launcher service, as kind of "child services". This has the additional advantage that it also implements a network provider that integrates into Windows standard methods for managing network drives. This is currently not officially supported by Rclone, but with WinFsp version 2019.3 B2 / v1.5B2 or later it should be possible through path rewriting as described here.
Third-party service integration
To Windows service running any rclone command, the excellent third-party utility NSSM, the "Non-Sucking Service Manager", can be used. It includes some advanced features such as adjusting process priority, defining process environment variables, redirect to file anything written to stdout, and customized response to different exit codes, with a GUI to configure everything from (although it can also be used from command line ).
There are also several other alternatives. To mention one more, WinSW, "Windows Service Wrapper", is worth checking out. It requires .NET Framework, but it is preinstalled on newer versions of Windows, and it also provides alternative standalone distributions which includes necessary runtime (.NET 5). WinSW is a command-line only utility, where you have to manually create an XML file with service configuration. This may be a drawback for some, but it can also be an advantage as it is easy to back up and re-use the configuration settings, without having go through manual steps in a GUI. One thing to note is that by default it does not restart the service on error, one have to explicit enable this in the configuration file (via the "onfailure" parameter).
Autostart on Linux
Start as a service
To always run rclone in background, relevant for mount commands etc, you can use systemd to set up rclone as a system or user service. Running as a system service ensures that it is run at startup even if the user it is running as has no active session. Running rclone as a user service ensures that it only starts after the configured user has logged into the system.
Run periodically from cron
To run a periodic command, such as a copy/sync, you can set up a cron job.
Usage
Rclone is a command line program to manage files on cloud storage. After download and install, continue here to learn how to use it: Initial configuration, what the basic syntax looks like, describes the various subcommands, the various options, and more.
Configure
First, you'll need to configure rclone. As the object storage systems have quite complicated authentication these are kept in a config file. (See the --config entry for how to find the config file and choose its location.)
The easiest way to make the config is to run rclone with the config option:
rclone config
See the following for detailed instructions for
- 1Fichier
- Akamai Netstorage
- Alias
- Amazon Drive
- Amazon S3
- Backblaze B2
- Box
- Chunker - transparently splits large files for other remotes
- Citrix ShareFile
- Compress
- Combine
- Crypt - to encrypt other remotes
- DigitalOcean Spaces
- Digi Storage
- Dropbox
- Enterprise File Fabric
- FTP
- Google Cloud Storage
- Google Drive
- Google Photos
- Hasher - to handle checksums for other remotes
- HDFS
- HiDrive
- HTTP
- Internet Archive
- Jottacloud
- Koofr
- Mail.ru Cloud
- Mega
- Memory
- Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
- Microsoft OneDrive
- OpenStack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset Memstore
- OpenDrive
- Oracle Object Storage
- Pcloud
- premiumize.me
- put.io
- QingStor
- Seafile
- SFTP
- Sia
- SMB
- Storj
- SugarSync
- Union
- Uptobox
- WebDAV
- Yandex Disk
- Zoho WorkDrive
- The local filesystem
Basic syntax
Rclone syncs a directory tree from one storage system to another.
Its syntax is like this
Syntax: [options] subcommand <parameters> <parameters...>
Source and destination paths are specified by the name you gave the storage system in the config file then the sub path, e.g. "drive:myfolder" to look at "myfolder" in Google drive.
You can define as many storage paths as you like in the config file.
Please use the -i / --interactive flag while learning rclone to avoid accidental data loss.
Subcommands
rclone uses a system of subcommands. For example
rclone ls remote:path # lists a remote
rclone copy /local/path remote:path # copies /local/path to the remote
rclone sync -i /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remote
rclone config
Enter an interactive configuration session.
Synopsis
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.
rclone config [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for config
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
- rclone config create - Create a new remote with name, type and options.
- rclone config delete - Delete an existing remote.
- rclone config disconnect - Disconnects user from remote
- rclone config dump - Dump the config file as JSON.
- rclone config file - Show path of configuration file in use.
- rclone config password - Update password in an existing remote.
- rclone config paths - Show paths used for configuration, cache, temp etc.
- rclone config providers - List in JSON format all the providers and options.
- rclone config reconnect - Re-authenticates user with remote.
- rclone config show - Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
- rclone config touch - Ensure configuration file exists.
- rclone config update - Update options in an existing remote.
- rclone config userinfo - Prints info about logged in user of remote.
rclone copy
Copy files from source to dest, skipping identical files.
Synopsis
Copy the source to the destination. Does not transfer files that are identical on source and destination, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. Doesn't delete files from the destination. If you want to also delete files from destination, to make it match source, use the sync command instead.
Note that it is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the directory itself. So when source:path is a directory, it's the contents of source:path that are copied, not the directory name and contents.
To copy single files, use the copyto command instead.
If dest:path doesn't exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.
For example
rclone copy source:sourcepath dest:destpath
Let's say there are two files in sourcepath
sourcepath/one.txt
sourcepath/two.txt
This copies them to
destpath/one.txt
destpath/two.txt
Not to
destpath/sourcepath/one.txt
destpath/sourcepath/two.txt
If you are familiar with rsync, rclone always works as if you had written a trailing / - meaning "copy the contents of this directory". This applies to all commands and whether you are talking about the source or destination.
See the --no-traverse option for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not. Supplying this option when copying a small number of files into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.
For example, if you have many files in /path/to/src but only a few of them change every day, you can copy all the files which have changed recently very efficiently like this:
rclone copy --max-age 24h --no-traverse /path/to/src remote:
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
Note: Use the --dry-run or the --interactive/-i flag to test without copying anything.
rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
--create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after copy
-h, --help help for copy
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone sync
Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.
Synopsis
Sync the source to the destination, changing the destination only. Doesn't transfer files that are identical on source and destination, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. Destination is updated to match source, including deleting files if necessary (except duplicate objects, see below). If you don't want to delete files from destination, use the copy command instead.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the --dry-run or the --interactive/-i flag.
rclone sync -i SOURCE remote:DESTINATION
Note that files in the destination won't be deleted if there were any errors at any point. Duplicate objects (files with the same name, on those providers that support it) are also not yet handled.
It is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the directory itself. So when source:path is a directory, it's the contents of source:path that are copied, not the directory name and contents. See extended explanation in the copy command if unsure.
If dest:path doesn't exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.
It is not possible to sync overlapping remotes. However, you may exclude the destination from the sync with a filter rule or by putting an exclude-if-present file inside the destination directory and sync to a destination that is inside the source directory.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics
Note: Use the rclone dedupe command to deal with "Duplicate object/directory found in source/destination - ignoring" errors. See this forum post for more info.
rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
--create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after sync
-h, --help help for sync
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone move
Move files from source to dest.
Synopsis
Moves the contents of the source directory to the destination directory. Rclone will error if the source and destination overlap and the remote does not support a server-side directory move operation.
To move single files, use the moveto command instead.
If no filters are in use and if possible this will server-side move source:path into dest:path. After this source:path will no longer exist.
Otherwise for each file in source:path selected by the filters (if any) this will move it into dest:path. If possible a server-side move will be used, otherwise it will copy it (server-side if possible) into dest:path then delete the original (if no errors on copy) in source:path.
If you want to delete empty source directories after move, use the --delete-empty-src-dirs flag.
See the --no-traverse option for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not. Supplying this option when moving a small number of files into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the --dry-run or the --interactive/-i flag.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
--create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after move
--delete-empty-src-dirs Delete empty source dirs after move
-h, --help help for move
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone delete
Remove the files in path.
Synopsis
Remove the files in path. Unlike purge it obeys include/exclude filters so can be used to selectively delete files.
rclone delete only deletes files but leaves the directory structure alone. If you want to delete a directory and all of its contents use the purge command.
If you supply the --rmdirs flag, it will remove all empty directories along with it. You can also use the separate command rmdir or rmdirs to delete empty directories only.
For example, to delete all files bigger than 100 MiB, you may first want to check what would be deleted (use either):
rclone --min-size 100M lsl remote:path
rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path
Then proceed with the actual delete:
rclone --min-size 100M delete remote:path
That reads "delete everything with a minimum size of 100 MiB", hence delete all files bigger than 100 MiB.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the --dry-run or the --interactive/-i flag.
rclone delete remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for delete
--rmdirs rmdirs removes empty directories but leaves root intact
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone purge
Remove the path and all of its contents.
Synopsis
Remove the path and all of its contents. Note that this does not obey include/exclude filters - everything will be removed. Use the delete command if you want to selectively delete files. To delete empty directories only, use command rmdir or rmdirs.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the --dry-run or the --interactive/-i flag.
rclone purge remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for purge
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone mkdir
Make the path if it doesn't already exist.
rclone mkdir remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for mkdir
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone rmdir
Remove the empty directory at path.
Synopsis
This removes empty directory given by path. Will not remove the path if it has any objects in it, not even empty subdirectories. Use command rmdirs (or delete with option --rmdirs) to do that.
To delete a path and any objects in it, use purge command.
rclone rmdir remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for rmdir
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone check
Checks the files in the source and destination match.
Synopsis
Checks the files in the source and destination match. It compares sizes and hashes (MD5 or SHA1) and logs a report of files that don't match. It doesn't alter the source or destination.
For the crypt remote there is a dedicated command, cryptcheck, that are able to check the checksums of the crypted files.
If you supply the --size-only flag, it will only compare the sizes not the hashes as well. Use this for a quick check.
If you supply the --download flag, it will download the data from both remotes and check them against each other on the fly. This can be useful for remotes that don't support hashes or if you really want to check all the data.
If you supply the --checkfile HASH flag with a valid hash name, the source:path must point to a text file in the SUM format.
If you supply the --one-way flag, it will only check that files in the source match the files in the destination, not the other way around. This means that extra files in the destination that are not in the source will not be detected.
The --differ, --missing-on-dst, --missing-on-src, --match and --error flags write paths, one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is -) supplied. What they write is described in the help below. For example --differ will write all paths which are present on both the source and destination but different.
The --combined flag will write a file (or stdout) which contains all file paths with a symbol and then a space and then the path to tell you what happened to it. These are reminiscent of diff files.
-
= path means path was found in source and destination and was identical
-
- path
means path was missing on the source, so only in the destination -
+ path
means path was missing on the destination, so only in the source -
* path
means path was present in source and destination but different. -
! path means there was an error reading or hashing the source or dest.
rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
-C, --checkfile string Treat source:path as a SUM file with hashes of given type
--combined string Make a combined report of changes to this file
--differ string Report all non-matching files to this file
--download Check by downloading rather than with hash
--error string Report all files with errors (hashing or reading) to this file
-h, --help help for check
--match string Report all matching files to this file
--missing-on-dst string Report all files missing from the destination to this file
--missing-on-src string Report all files missing from the source to this file
--one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on remote
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone ls
List the objects in the path with size and path.
Synopsis
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with size and path. Recurses by default.
Eg
$ rclone ls swift:bucket
60295 bevajer5jef
90613 canole
94467 diwogej7
37600 fubuwic
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
- ls to list size and path of objects only
- lsl to list modification time, size and path of objects only
- lsd to list directories only
- lsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
- lsjson to list objects and directories in JSON format
ls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human-readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine-readable. lsjson is designed to be machine-readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use --max-depth 1 to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use -R to make them recurse.
Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs - the bucket-based remotes).
rclone ls remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for ls
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone lsd
List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.
Synopsis
Lists the directories in the source path to standard output. Does not recurse by default. Use the -R flag to recurse.
This command lists the total size of the directory (if known, -1 if not), the modification time (if known, the current time if not), the number of objects in the directory (if known, -1 if not) and the name of the directory, Eg
$ rclone lsd swift:
494000 2018-04-26 08:43:20 10000 10000files
65 2018-04-26 08:43:20 1 1File
Or
$ rclone lsd drive:test
-1 2016-10-17 17:41:53 -1 1000files
-1 2017-01-03 14:40:54 -1 2500files
-1 2017-07-08 14:39:28 -1 4000files
If you just want the directory names use rclone lsf --dirs-only.
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
- ls to list size and path of objects only
- lsl to list modification time, size and path of objects only
- lsd to list directories only
- lsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
- lsjson to list objects and directories in JSON format
ls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human-readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine-readable. lsjson is designed to be machine-readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use --max-depth 1 to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use -R to make them recurse.
Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs - the bucket-based remotes).
rclone lsd remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for lsd
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone lsl
List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.
Synopsis
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with modification time, size and path. Recurses by default.
Eg
$ rclone lsl swift:bucket
60295 2016-06-25 18:55:41.062626927 bevajer5jef
90613 2016-06-25 18:55:43.302607074 canole
94467 2016-06-25 18:55:43.046609333 diwogej7
37600 2016-06-25 18:55:40.814629136 fubuwic
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
- ls to list size and path of objects only
- lsl to list modification time, size and path of objects only
- lsd to list directories only
- lsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
- lsjson to list objects and directories in JSON format
ls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human-readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine-readable. lsjson is designed to be machine-readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use --max-depth 1 to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use -R to make them recurse.
Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs - the bucket-based remotes).
rclone lsl remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for lsl
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone md5sum
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.
Synopsis
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as the standard md5sum tool produces.
By default, the hash is requested from the remote. If MD5 is not supported by the remote, no hash will be returned. With the download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and hashed locally enabling MD5 for any remote.
For other algorithms, see the hashsum command. Running rclone md5sum remote:path is equivalent to running rclone hashsum MD5 remote:path.
This command can also hash data received on standard input (stdin), by not passing a remote:path, or by passing a hyphen as remote:path when there is data to read (if not, the hyphen will be treated literally, as a relative path).
rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]
Options
--base64 Output base64 encoded hashsum
-C, --checkfile string Validate hashes against a given SUM file instead of printing them
--download Download the file and hash it locally; if this flag is not specified, the hash is requested from the remote
-h, --help help for md5sum
--output-file string Output hashsums to a file rather than the terminal
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone sha1sum
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.
Synopsis
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as the standard sha1sum tool produces.
By default, the hash is requested from the remote. If SHA-1 is not supported by the remote, no hash will be returned. With the download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and hashed locally enabling SHA-1 for any remote.
For other algorithms, see the hashsum command. Running rclone sha1sum remote:path is equivalent to running rclone hashsum SHA1 remote:path.
This command can also hash data received on standard input (stdin), by not passing a remote:path, or by passing a hyphen as remote:path when there is data to read (if not, the hyphen will be treated literally, as a relative path).
This command can also hash data received on STDIN, if not passing a remote:path.
rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]
Options
--base64 Output base64 encoded hashsum
-C, --checkfile string Validate hashes against a given SUM file instead of printing them
--download Download the file and hash it locally; if this flag is not specified, the hash is requested from the remote
-h, --help help for sha1sum
--output-file string Output hashsums to a file rather than the terminal
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone size
Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
Synopsis
Counts objects in the path and calculates the total size. Prints the result to standard output.
By default the output is in human-readable format, but shows values in both human-readable format as well as the raw numbers (global option --human-readable is not considered). Use option --json to format output as JSON instead.
Recurses by default, use --max-depth 1 to stop the recursion.
Some backends do not always provide file sizes, see for example Google Photos and Google Drive. Rclone will then show a notice in the log indicating how many such files were encountered, and count them in as empty files in the output of the size command.
rclone size remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for size
--json Format output as JSON
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone version
Show the version number.
Synopsis
Show the rclone version number, the go version, the build target OS and architecture, the runtime OS and kernel version and bitness, build tags and the type of executable (static or dynamic).
For example:
$ rclone version
rclone v1.55.0
- os/version: ubuntu 18.04 (64 bit)
- os/kernel: 4.15.0-136-generic (x86_64)
- os/type: linux
- os/arch: amd64
- go/version: go1.16
- go/linking: static
- go/tags: none
Note: before rclone version 1.55 the os/type and os/arch lines were merged, and the "go/version" line was tagged as "go version".
If you supply the --check flag, then it will do an online check to compare your version with the latest release and the latest beta.
$ rclone version --check
yours: 1.42.0.6
latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16)
beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17)
Or
$ rclone version --check
yours: 1.41
latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16)
upgrade: https://downloads.rclone.org/v1.42
beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17)
upgrade: https://beta.rclone.org/v1.42-005-g56e1e820
rclone version [flags]
Options
--check Check for new version
-h, --help help for version
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone cleanup
Clean up the remote if possible.
Synopsis
Clean up the remote if possible. Empty the trash or delete old file versions. Not supported by all remotes.
rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for cleanup
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone dedupe
Interactively find duplicate filenames and delete/rename them.
Synopsis
By default dedupe interactively finds files with duplicate names and offers to delete all but one or rename them to be different. This is known as deduping by name.
Deduping by name is only useful with a small group of backends (e.g. Google Drive, Opendrive) that can have duplicate file names. It can be run on wrapping backends (e.g. crypt) if they wrap a backend which supports duplicate file names.
However if --by-hash is passed in then dedupe will find files with duplicate hashes instead which will work on any backend which supports at least one hash. This can be used to find files with duplicate content. This is known as deduping by hash.
If deduping by name, first rclone will merge directories with the same name. It will do this iteratively until all the identically named directories have been merged.
Next, if deduping by name, for every group of duplicate file names / hashes, it will delete all but one identical file it finds without confirmation. This means that for most duplicated files the dedupe command will not be interactive.
dedupe considers files to be identical if they have the same file path and the same hash. If the backend does not support hashes (e.g. crypt wrapping Google Drive) then they will never be found to be identical. If you use the --size-only flag then files will be considered identical if they have the same size (any hash will be ignored). This can be useful on crypt backends which do not support hashes.
Next rclone will resolve the remaining duplicates. Exactly which action is taken depends on the dedupe mode. By default, rclone will interactively query the user for each one.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the --dry-run or the --interactive/-i flag.
Here is an example run.
Before - with duplicates
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:11.775000000 one.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:18:26.092000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two.txt
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two.txt
Now the dedupe session
$ rclone dedupe drive:dupes
2016/03/05 16:24:37 Google drive root 'dupes': Looking for duplicates using interactive mode.
one.txt: Found 4 files with duplicate names
one.txt: Deleting 2/3 identical duplicates (MD5 "1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36")
one.txt: 2 duplicates remain
1: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000, MD5 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
2: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000, MD5 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
s/k/r> k
Enter the number of the file to keep> 1
one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies
two.txt: Found 3 files with duplicate names
two.txt: 3 duplicates remain
1: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000, MD5 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
2: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000, MD5 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
3: 1744073 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000, MD5 851957f7fb6f0bc4ce76be966d336802
s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
s/k/r> r
two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt
The result being
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two-1.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two-2.txt
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two-3.txt
Dedupe can be run non interactively using the --dedupe-mode flag or by using an extra parameter with the same value
- --dedupe-mode interactive - interactive as above.
- --dedupe-mode skip - removes identical files then skips anything left.
- --dedupe-mode first - removes identical files then keeps the first one.
- --dedupe-mode newest - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.
- --dedupe-mode oldest - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.
- --dedupe-mode largest - removes identical files then keeps the largest one.
- --dedupe-mode smallest - removes identical files then keeps the smallest one.
- --dedupe-mode rename - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.
- --dedupe-mode list - lists duplicate dirs and files only and changes nothing.
For example, to rename all the identically named photos in your Google Photos directory, do
rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename "drive:Google Photos"
Or
rclone dedupe rename "drive:Google Photos"
rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]
Options
--by-hash Find identical hashes rather than names
--dedupe-mode string Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|largest|smallest|rename (default "interactive")
-h, --help help for dedupe
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone about
Get quota information from the remote.
Synopsis
rclone about prints quota information about a remote to standard output. The output is typically used, free, quota and trash contents.
E.g. Typical output from rclone about remote: is:
Total: 17 GiB
Used: 7.444 GiB
Free: 1.315 GiB
Trashed: 100.000 MiB
Other: 8.241 GiB
Where the fields are:
- Total: Total size available.
- Used: Total size used.
- Free: Total space available to this user.
- Trashed: Total space used by trash.
- Other: Total amount in other storage (e.g. Gmail, Google Photos).
- Objects: Total number of objects in the storage.
All sizes are in number of bytes.
Applying a --full flag to the command prints the bytes in full, e.g.
Total: 18253611008
Used: 7993453766
Free: 1411001220
Trashed: 104857602
Other: 8849156022
A --json flag generates conveniently machine-readable output, e.g.
{
"total": 18253611008,
"used": 7993453766,
"trashed": 104857602,
"other": 8849156022,
"free": 1411001220
}
Not all backends print all fields. Information is not included if it is not provided by a backend. Where the value is unlimited it is omitted.
Some backends does not support the rclone about command at all, see complete list in documentation.
rclone about remote: [flags]
Options
--full Full numbers instead of human-readable
-h, --help help for about
--json Format output as JSON
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone authorize
Remote authorization.
Synopsis
Remote authorization. Used to authorize a remote or headless rclone from a machine with a browser - use as instructed by rclone config.
Use the --auth-no-open-browser to prevent rclone to open auth link in default browser automatically.
rclone authorize [flags]
Options
--auth-no-open-browser Do not automatically open auth link in default browser
-h, --help help for authorize
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone backend
Run a backend-specific command.
Synopsis
This runs a backend-specific command. The commands themselves (except for "help" and "features") are defined by the backends and you should see the backend docs for definitions.
You can discover what commands a backend implements by using
rclone backend help remote:
rclone backend help <backendname>
You can also discover information about the backend using (see operations/fsinfo in the remote control docs for more info).
rclone backend features remote:
Pass options to the backend command with -o. This should be key=value or key, e.g.:
rclone backend stats remote:path stats -o format=json -o long
Pass arguments to the backend by placing them on the end of the line
rclone backend cleanup remote:path file1 file2 file3
Note to run these commands on a running backend then see backend/command in the rc docs.
rclone backend <command> remote:path [opts] <args> [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for backend
--json Always output in JSON format
-o, --option stringArray Option in the form name=value or name
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone bisync
Perform bidirectional synchronization between two paths.
Synopsis
Perform bidirectional synchronization between two paths.
Bisync provides a bidirectional cloud sync solution in rclone. It retains the Path1 and Path2 filesystem listings from the prior run. On each successive run it will: - list files on Path1 and Path2, and check for changes on each side. Changes include New, Newer, Older, and Deleted files. - Propagate changes on Path1 to Path2, and vice-versa.
See full bisync description for details.
rclone bisync remote1:path1 remote2:path2 [flags]
Options
--check-access Ensure expected RCLONE_TEST files are found on both Path1 and Path2 filesystems, else abort.
--check-filename string Filename for --check-access (default: RCLONE_TEST)
--check-sync string Controls comparison of final listings: true|false|only (default: true) (default "true")
--filters-file string Read filtering patterns from a file
--force Bypass --max-delete safety check and run the sync. Consider using with --verbose
-h, --help help for bisync
--localtime Use local time in listings (default: UTC)
--no-cleanup Retain working files (useful for troubleshooting and testing).
--remove-empty-dirs Remove empty directories at the final cleanup step.
-1, --resync Performs the resync run. Path1 files may overwrite Path2 versions. Consider using --verbose or --dry-run first.
--workdir string Use custom working dir - useful for testing. (default: $HOME/.cache/rclone/bisync)
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone cat
Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.
Synopsis
rclone cat sends any files to standard output.
You can use it like this to output a single file
rclone cat remote:path/to/file
Or like this to output any file in dir or its subdirectories.
rclone cat remote:path/to/dir
Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or its subdirectories.
rclone --include "*.txt" cat remote:path/to/dir
Use the --head flag to print characters only at the start, --tail for the end and --offset and --count to print a section in the middle. Note that if offset is negative it will count from the end, so --offset -1 --count 1 is equivalent to --tail 1.
rclone cat remote:path [flags]
Options
--count int Only print N characters (default -1)
--discard Discard the output instead of printing
--head int Only print the first N characters
-h, --help help for cat
--offset int Start printing at offset N (or from end if -ve)
--tail int Only print the last N characters
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone checksum
Checks the files in the source against a SUM file.
Synopsis
Checks that hashsums of source files match the SUM file. It compares hashes (MD5, SHA1, etc) and logs a report of files which don't match. It doesn't alter the file system.
If you supply the --download flag, it will download the data from remote and calculate the contents hash on the fly. This can be useful for remotes that don't support hashes or if you really want to check all the data.
Note that hash values in the SUM file are treated as case insensitive.
If you supply the --one-way flag, it will only check that files in the source match the files in the destination, not the other way around. This means that extra files in the destination that are not in the source will not be detected.
The --differ, --missing-on-dst, --missing-on-src, --match and --error flags write paths, one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is -) supplied. What they write is described in the help below. For example --differ will write all paths which are present on both the source and destination but different.
The --combined flag will write a file (or stdout) which contains all file paths with a symbol and then a space and then the path to tell you what happened to it. These are reminiscent of diff files.
-
= path means path was found in source and destination and was identical
-
- path
means path was missing on the source, so only in the destination -
+ path
means path was missing on the destination, so only in the source -
* path
means path was present in source and destination but different. -
! path means there was an error reading or hashing the source or dest.
rclone checksum sumfile src:path [flags]
Options
--combined string Make a combined report of changes to this file
--differ string Report all non-matching files to this file
--download Check by hashing the contents
--error string Report all files with errors (hashing or reading) to this file
-h, --help help for checksum
--match string Report all matching files to this file
--missing-on-dst string Report all files missing from the destination to this file
--missing-on-src string Report all files missing from the source to this file
--one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on remote
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone completion
Generate the autocompletion script for the specified shell
Synopsis
Generate the autocompletion script for rclone for the specified shell. See each sub-command's help for details on how to use the generated script.
Options
-h, --help help for completion
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
- rclone completion bash - Generate the autocompletion script for bash
- rclone completion fish - Generate the autocompletion script for fish
- rclone completion powershell - Generate the autocompletion script for powershell
- rclone completion zsh - Generate the autocompletion script for zsh
rclone completion bash
Generate the autocompletion script for bash
Synopsis
Generate the autocompletion script for the bash shell.
This script depends on the 'bash-completion' package. If it is not installed already, you can install it via your OS's package manager.
To load completions in your current shell session:
source <(rclone completion bash)
To load completions for every new session, execute once:
Linux:
rclone completion bash > /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone
macOS:
rclone completion bash > $(brew --prefix)/etc/bash_completion.d/rclone
You will need to start a new shell for this setup to take effect.
rclone completion bash
Options
-h, --help help for bash
--no-descriptions disable completion descriptions
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone completion - Generate the autocompletion script for the specified shell
rclone completion fish
Generate the autocompletion script for fish
Synopsis
Generate the autocompletion script for the fish shell.
To load completions in your current shell session:
rclone completion fish | source
To load completions for every new session, execute once:
rclone completion fish > ~/.config/fish/completions/rclone.fish
You will need to start a new shell for this setup to take effect.
rclone completion fish [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for fish
--no-descriptions disable completion descriptions
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone completion - Generate the autocompletion script for the specified shell
rclone completion powershell
Generate the autocompletion script for powershell
Synopsis
Generate the autocompletion script for powershell.
To load completions in your current shell session:
rclone completion powershell | Out-String | Invoke-Expression
To load completions for every new session, add the output of the above command to your powershell profile.
rclone completion powershell [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for powershell
--no-descriptions disable completion descriptions
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone completion - Generate the autocompletion script for the specified shell
rclone completion zsh
Generate the autocompletion script for zsh
Synopsis
Generate the autocompletion script for the zsh shell.
If shell completion is not already enabled in your environment you will need to enable it. You can execute the following once:
echo "autoload -U compinit; compinit" >> ~/.zshrc
To load completions in your current shell session:
source <(rclone completion zsh); compdef _rclone rclone
To load completions for every new session, execute once:
Linux:
rclone completion zsh > "${fpath[1]}/_rclone"
macOS:
rclone completion zsh > $(brew --prefix)/share/zsh/site-functions/_rclone
You will need to start a new shell for this setup to take effect.
rclone completion zsh [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for zsh
--no-descriptions disable completion descriptions
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone completion - Generate the autocompletion script for the specified shell
rclone config create
Create a new remote with name, type and options.
Synopsis
Create a new remote of name with type and options. The options should be passed in pairs of key value or as key=value.
For example, to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config you would do:
rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true
rclone config create myremote swift env_auth=true
So for example if you wanted to configure a Google Drive remote but using remote authorization you would do this:
rclone config create mydrive drive config_is_local=false
Note that if the config process would normally ask a question the default is taken (unless --non-interactive is used). Each time that happens rclone will print or DEBUG a message saying how to affect the value taken.
If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically obscure them if they aren't already obscured before putting them in the config file.
NB If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and consists only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about whether the password is already obscured or not and put unobscured passwords into the config file. If you want to be 100% certain that the passwords get obscured then use the --obscure flag, or if you are 100% certain you are already passing obscured passwords then use --no-obscure. You can also set obscured passwords using the rclone config password command.
The flag --non-interactive is for use by applications that wish to configure rclone themselves, rather than using rclone's text based configuration questions. If this flag is set, and rclone needs to ask the user a question, a JSON blob will be returned with the question in it.
This will look something like (some irrelevant detail removed):
{
"State": "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,,",
"Option": {
"Name": "config_is_local",
"Help": "Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?\n * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use\n * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access\nIf not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.\n",
"Default": true,
"Examples": [
{
"Value": "true",
"Help": "Yes"
},
{
"Value": "false",
"Help": "No"
}
],
"Required": false,
"IsPassword": false,
"Type": "bool",
"Exclusive": true,
},
"Error": "",
}
The format of Option is the same as returned by rclone config providers. The question should be asked to the user and returned to rclone as the --result option along with the --state parameter.
The keys of Option are used as follows:
- Name - name of variable - show to user
- Help - help text. Hard wrapped at 80 chars. Any URLs should be clicky.
- Default - default value - return this if the user just wants the default.
- Examples - the user should be able to choose one of these
- Required - the value should be non-empty
- IsPassword - the value is a password and should be edited as such
- Type - type of value, eg bool, string, int and others
- Exclusive - if set no free-form entry allowed only the Examples
- Irrelevant keys Provider, ShortOpt, Hide, NoPrefix, Advanced
If Error is set then it should be shown to the user at the same time as the question.
rclone config update name --continue --state "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,," --result "true"
Note that when using --continue all passwords should be passed in the clear (not obscured). Any default config values should be passed in with each invocation of --continue.
At the end of the non interactive process, rclone will return a result with State as empty string.
If --all is passed then rclone will ask all the config questions, not just the post config questions. Any parameters are used as defaults for questions as usual.
Note that bin/config.py in the rclone source implements this protocol as a readable demonstration.
rclone config create name type [key value]* [flags]
Options
--all Ask the full set of config questions
--continue Continue the configuration process with an answer
-h, --help help for create
--no-obscure Force any passwords not to be obscured
--non-interactive Don't interact with user and return questions
--obscure Force any passwords to be obscured
--result string Result - use with --continue
--state string State - use with --continue
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config delete
Delete an existing remote.
rclone config delete name [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for delete
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config disconnect
Disconnects user from remote
Synopsis
This disconnects the remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
This normally means revoking the oauth token.
To reconnect use "rclone config reconnect".
rclone config disconnect remote: [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for disconnect
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config dump
Dump the config file as JSON.
rclone config dump [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for dump
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config edit
Enter an interactive configuration session.
Synopsis
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.
rclone config edit [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for edit
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config file
Show path of configuration file in use.
rclone config file [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for file
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config password
Update password in an existing remote.
Synopsis
Update an existing remote's password. The password should be passed in pairs of key password or as key=password. The password should be passed in in clear (unobscured).
For example, to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword
rclone config password myremote fieldname=mypassword
This command is obsolete now that "config update" and "config create" both support obscuring passwords directly.
rclone config password name [key value]+ [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for password
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config paths
Show paths used for configuration, cache, temp etc.
rclone config paths [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for paths
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config providers
List in JSON format all the providers and options.
rclone config providers [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for providers
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config reconnect
Re-authenticates user with remote.
Synopsis
This reconnects remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
To disconnect the remote use "rclone config disconnect".
This normally means going through the interactive oauth flow again.
rclone config reconnect remote: [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for reconnect
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config show
Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
rclone config show [<remote>] [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for show
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config touch
Ensure configuration file exists.
rclone config touch [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for touch
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config update
Update options in an existing remote.
Synopsis
Update an existing remote's options. The options should be passed in pairs of key value or as key=value.
For example, to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote you would do:
rclone config update myremote env_auth true
rclone config update myremote env_auth=true
If the remote uses OAuth the token will be updated, if you don't require this add an extra parameter thus:
rclone config update myremote env_auth=true config_refresh_token=false
Note that if the config process would normally ask a question the default is taken (unless --non-interactive is used). Each time that happens rclone will print or DEBUG a message saying how to affect the value taken.
If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically obscure them if they aren't already obscured before putting them in the config file.
NB If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and consists only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about whether the password is already obscured or not and put unobscured passwords into the config file. If you want to be 100% certain that the passwords get obscured then use the --obscure flag, or if you are 100% certain you are already passing obscured passwords then use --no-obscure. You can also set obscured passwords using the rclone config password command.
The flag --non-interactive is for use by applications that wish to configure rclone themselves, rather than using rclone's text based configuration questions. If this flag is set, and rclone needs to ask the user a question, a JSON blob will be returned with the question in it.
This will look something like (some irrelevant detail removed):
{
"State": "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,,",
"Option": {
"Name": "config_is_local",
"Help": "Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?\n * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use\n * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access\nIf not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.\n",
"Default": true,
"Examples": [
{
"Value": "true",
"Help": "Yes"
},
{
"Value": "false",
"Help": "No"
}
],
"Required": false,
"IsPassword": false,
"Type": "bool",
"Exclusive": true,
},
"Error": "",
}
The format of Option is the same as returned by rclone config providers. The question should be asked to the user and returned to rclone as the --result option along with the --state parameter.
The keys of Option are used as follows:
- Name - name of variable - show to user
- Help - help text. Hard wrapped at 80 chars. Any URLs should be clicky.
- Default - default value - return this if the user just wants the default.
- Examples - the user should be able to choose one of these
- Required - the value should be non-empty
- IsPassword - the value is a password and should be edited as such
- Type - type of value, eg bool, string, int and others
- Exclusive - if set no free-form entry allowed only the Examples
- Irrelevant keys Provider, ShortOpt, Hide, NoPrefix, Advanced
If Error is set then it should be shown to the user at the same time as the question.
rclone config update name --continue --state "*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,," --result "true"
Note that when using --continue all passwords should be passed in the clear (not obscured). Any default config values should be passed in with each invocation of --continue.
At the end of the non interactive process, rclone will return a result with State as empty string.
If --all is passed then rclone will ask all the config questions, not just the post config questions. Any parameters are used as defaults for questions as usual.
Note that bin/config.py in the rclone source implements this protocol as a readable demonstration.
rclone config update name [key value]+ [flags]
Options
--all Ask the full set of config questions
--continue Continue the configuration process with an answer
-h, --help help for update
--no-obscure Force any passwords not to be obscured
--non-interactive Don't interact with user and return questions
--obscure Force any passwords to be obscured
--result string Result - use with --continue
--state string State - use with --continue
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone config userinfo
Prints info about logged in user of remote.
Synopsis
This prints the details of the person logged in to the cloud storage system.
rclone config userinfo remote: [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for userinfo
--json Format output as JSON
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
rclone copyto
Copy files from source to dest, skipping identical files.
Synopsis
If source:path is a file or directory then it copies it to a file or directory named dest:path.
This can be used to upload single files to other than their current name. If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the copy command.
So
rclone copyto src dst
where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local or C:.
This will:
if src is file
copy it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
if src is directory
copy it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
see copy command for full details
This doesn't transfer files that are identical on src and dst, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. It doesn't delete files from the destination.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics
rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for copyto
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone copyurl
Copy url content to dest.
Synopsis
Download a URL's content and copy it to the destination without saving it in temporary storage.
Setting --auto-filename will attempt to automatically determine the filename from the URL (after any redirections) and used in the destination path. With --auto-filename-header in addition, if a specific filename is set in HTTP headers, it will be used instead of the name from the URL. With --print-filename in addition, the resulting file name will be printed.
Setting --no-clobber will prevent overwriting file on the destination if there is one with the same name.
Setting --stdout or making the output file name - will cause the output to be written to standard output.
rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]
Options
-a, --auto-filename Get the file name from the URL and use it for destination file path
--header-filename Get the file name from the Content-Disposition header
-h, --help help for copyurl
--no-clobber Prevent overwriting file with same name
-p, --print-filename Print the resulting name from --auto-filename
--stdout Write the output to stdout rather than a file
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone cryptcheck
Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.
Synopsis
rclone cryptcheck checks a remote against a crypted remote. This is the equivalent of running rclone check, but able to check the checksums of the crypted remote.
For it to work the underlying remote of the cryptedremote must support some kind of checksum.
It works by reading the nonce from each file on the cryptedremote: and using that to encrypt each file on the remote:. It then checks the checksum of the underlying file on the cryptedremote: against the checksum of the file it has just encrypted.
Use it like this
rclone cryptcheck /path/to/files encryptedremote:path
You can use it like this also, but that will involve downloading all the files in remote:path.
rclone cryptcheck remote:path encryptedremote:path
After it has run it will log the status of the encryptedremote:.
If you supply the --one-way flag, it will only check that files in the source match the files in the destination, not the other way around. This means that extra files in the destination that are not in the source will not be detected.
The --differ, --missing-on-dst, --missing-on-src, --match and --error flags write paths, one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is -) supplied. What they write is described in the help below. For example --differ will write all paths which are present on both the source and destination but different.
The --combined flag will write a file (or stdout) which contains all file paths with a symbol and then a space and then the path to tell you what happened to it. These are reminiscent of diff files.
-
= path means path was found in source and destination and was identical
-
- path
means path was missing on the source, so only in the destination -
+ path
means path was missing on the destination, so only in the source -
* path
means path was present in source and destination but different. -
! path means there was an error reading or hashing the source or dest.
rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]
Options
--combined string Make a combined report of changes to this file
--differ string Report all non-matching files to this file
--error string Report all files with errors (hashing or reading) to this file
-h, --help help for cryptcheck
--match string Report all matching files to this file
--missing-on-dst string Report all files missing from the destination to this file
--missing-on-src string Report all files missing from the source to this file
--one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on remote
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone cryptdecode
Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.
Synopsis
rclone cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names when provided with a list of encrypted file names. List limit is 10 items.
If you supply the --reverse flag, it will return encrypted file names.
use it like this
rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename1 encryptedfilename2
rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2
Another way to accomplish this is by using the rclone backend encode (or decode) command. See the documentation on the crypt overlay for more info.
rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for cryptdecode
--reverse Reverse cryptdecode, encrypts filenames
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone deletefile
Remove a single file from remote.
Synopsis
Remove a single file from remote. Unlike delete it cannot be used to remove a directory and it doesn't obey include/exclude filters - if the specified file exists, it will always be removed.
rclone deletefile remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for deletefile
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone genautocomplete
Output completion script for a given shell.
Synopsis
Generates a shell completion script for rclone. Run with --help to list the supported shells.
Options
-h, --help help for genautocomplete
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
- rclone genautocomplete bash - Output bash completion script for rclone.
- rclone genautocomplete fish - Output fish completion script for rclone.
- rclone genautocomplete zsh - Output zsh completion script for rclone.
rclone genautocomplete bash
Output bash completion script for rclone.
Synopsis
Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.
This writes to /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, e.g.
sudo rclone genautocomplete bash
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly
. /etc/bash_completion
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
If output_file is "-", then the output will be written to stdout.
rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for bash
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone genautocomplete - Output completion script for a given shell.
rclone genautocomplete fish
Output fish completion script for rclone.
Synopsis
Generates a fish autocompletion script for rclone.
This writes to /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, e.g.
sudo rclone genautocomplete fish
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly
. /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
If output_file is "-", then the output will be written to stdout.
rclone genautocomplete fish [output_file] [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for fish
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone genautocomplete - Output completion script for a given shell.
rclone genautocomplete zsh
Output zsh completion script for rclone.
Synopsis
Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.
This writes to /usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_rclone by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, e.g.
sudo rclone genautocomplete zsh
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly
autoload -U compinit && compinit
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
If output_file is "-", then the output will be written to stdout.
rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for zsh
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone genautocomplete - Output completion script for a given shell.
rclone gendocs
Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.
Synopsis
This produces markdown docs for the rclone commands to the directory supplied. These are in a format suitable for hugo to render into the rclone.org website.
rclone gendocs output_directory [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for gendocs
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone hashsum
Produces a hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
Synopsis
Produces a hash file for all the objects in the path using the hash named. The output is in the same format as the standard md5sum/sha1sum tool.
By default, the hash is requested from the remote. If the hash is not supported by the remote, no hash will be returned. With the download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and hashed locally enabling any hash for any remote.
For the MD5 and SHA1 algorithms there are also dedicated commands, md5sum and sha1sum.
This command can also hash data received on standard input (stdin), by not passing a remote:path, or by passing a hyphen as remote:path when there is data to read (if not, the hyphen will be treated literally, as a relative path).
Run without a hash to see the list of all supported hashes, e.g.
$ rclone hashsum
Supported hashes are:
* md5
* sha1
* whirlpool
* crc32
* sha256
* dropbox
* hidrive
* mailru
* quickxor
Then
$ rclone hashsum MD5 remote:path
Note that hash names are case insensitive and values are output in lower case.
rclone hashsum <hash> remote:path [flags]
Options
--base64 Output base64 encoded hashsum
-C, --checkfile string Validate hashes against a given SUM file instead of printing them
--download Download the file and hash it locally; if this flag is not specified, the hash is requested from the remote
-h, --help help for hashsum
--output-file string Output hashsums to a file rather than the terminal
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone link
Generate public link to file/folder.
Synopsis
rclone link will create, retrieve or remove a public link to the given file or folder.
rclone link remote:path/to/file
rclone link remote:path/to/folder/
rclone link --unlink remote:path/to/folder/
rclone link --expire 1d remote:path/to/file
If you supply the --expire flag, it will set the expiration time otherwise it will use the default (100 years). Note not all backends support the --expire flag - if the backend doesn't support it then the link returned won't expire.
Use the --unlink flag to remove existing public links to the file or folder. Note not all backends support "--unlink" flag - those that don't will just ignore it.
If successful, the last line of the output will contain the link. Exact capabilities depend on the remote, but the link will always by default be created with the least constraints โ e.g. no expiry, no password protection, accessible without account.
rclone link remote:path [flags]
Options
--expire Duration The amount of time that the link will be valid (default off)
-h, --help help for link
--unlink Remove existing public link to file/folder
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone listremotes
List all the remotes in the config file.
Synopsis
rclone listremotes lists all the available remotes from the config file.
When used with the --long flag it lists the types too.
rclone listremotes [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for listremotes
--long Show the type as well as names
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone lsf
List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing.
Synopsis
List the contents of the source path (directories and objects) to standard output in a form which is easy to parse by scripts. By default this will just be the names of the objects and directories, one per line. The directories will have a / suffix.
Eg
$ rclone lsf swift:bucket
bevajer5jef
canole
diwogej7
ferejej3gux/
fubuwic
Use the --format option to control what gets listed. By default this is just the path, but you can use these parameters to control the output:
p - path
s - size
t - modification time
h - hash
i - ID of object
o - Original ID of underlying object
m - MimeType of object if known
e - encrypted name
T - tier of storage if known, e.g. "Hot" or "Cool"
M - Metadata of object in JSON blob format, eg {"key":"value"}
So if you wanted the path, size and modification time, you would use --format "pst", or maybe --format "tsp" to put the path last.
Eg
$ rclone lsf --format "tsp" swift:bucket
2016-06-25 18:55:41;60295;bevajer5jef
2016-06-25 18:55:43;90613;canole
2016-06-25 18:55:43;94467;diwogej7
2018-04-26 08:50:45;0;ferejej3gux/
2016-06-25 18:55:40;37600;fubuwic
If you specify "h" in the format you will get the MD5 hash by default, use the --hash flag to change which hash you want. Note that this can be returned as an empty string if it isn't available on the object (and for directories), "ERROR" if there was an error reading it from the object and "UNSUPPORTED" if that object does not support that hash type.
For example, to emulate the md5sum command you can use
rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only .
Eg
$ rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only swift:bucket
7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3 bevajer5jef
cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc canole
03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91 diwogej7
8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d fubuwic
99713e14a4c4ff553acaf1930fad985b gixacuh7ku
(Though "rclone md5sum ." is an easier way of typing this.)
By default the separator is ";" this can be changed with the --separator flag. Note that separators aren't escaped in the path so putting it last is a good strategy.
Eg
$ rclone lsf --separator "," --format "tshp" swift:bucket
2016-06-25 18:55:41,60295,7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3,bevajer5jef
2016-06-25 18:55:43,90613,cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc,canole
2016-06-25 18:55:43,94467,03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91,diwogej7
2018-04-26 08:52:53,0,,ferejej3gux/
2016-06-25 18:55:40,37600,8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d,fubuwic
You can output in CSV standard format. This will escape things in " if they contain ,
Eg
$ rclone lsf --csv --files-only --format ps remote:path
test.log,22355
test.sh,449
"this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt",6
Note that the --absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files to pass to an rclone copy with the --files-from-raw flag.
For example, to find all the files modified within one day and copy those only (without traversing the whole directory structure):
rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
rclone copy --files-from-raw new_files /path/to/local remote:path
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
- ls to list size and path of objects only
- lsl to list modification time, size and path of objects only
- lsd to list directories only
- lsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
- lsjson to list objects and directories in JSON format
ls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human-readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine-readable. lsjson is designed to be machine-readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use --max-depth 1 to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use -R to make them recurse.
Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs - the bucket-based remotes).
rclone lsf remote:path [flags]
Options
--absolute Put a leading / in front of path names
--csv Output in CSV format
-d, --dir-slash Append a slash to directory names (default true)
--dirs-only Only list directories
--files-only Only list files
-F, --format string Output format - see help for details (default "p")
--hash h Use this hash when h is used in the format MD5|SHA-1|DropboxHash (default "md5")
-h, --help help for lsf
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing
-s, --separator string Separator for the items in the format (default ";")
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone lsjson
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
Synopsis
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this
{
"Hashes" : {
"SHA-1" : "f572d396fae9206628714fb2ce00f72e94f2258f",
"MD5" : "b1946ac92492d2347c6235b4d2611184",
"DropboxHash" : "ecb65bb98f9d905b70458986c39fcbad7715e5f2fcc3b1f07767d7c83e2438cc"
},
"ID": "y2djkhiujf83u33",
"OrigID": "UYOJVTUW00Q1RzTDA",
"IsBucket" : false,
"IsDir" : false,
"MimeType" : "application/octet-stream",
"ModTime" : "2017-05-31T16:15:57.034468261+01:00",
"Name" : "file.txt",
"Encrypted" : "v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338",
"EncryptedPath" : "kja9098349023498/v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338",
"Path" : "full/path/goes/here/file.txt",
"Size" : 6,
"Tier" : "hot",
}
If --hash is not specified the Hashes property won't be emitted. The types of hash can be specified with the --hash-type parameter (which may be repeated). If --hash-type is set then it implies --hash.
If --no-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank. This can speed things up on remotes where reading the ModTime takes an extra request (e.g. s3, swift).
If --no-mimetype is specified then MimeType will be blank. This can speed things up on remotes where reading the MimeType takes an extra request (e.g. s3, swift).
If --encrypted is not specified the Encrypted won't be emitted.
If --dirs-only is not specified files in addition to directories are returned
If --files-only is not specified directories in addition to the files will be returned.
If --metadata is set then an additional Metadata key will be returned. This will have metadata in rclone standard format as a JSON object.
if --stat is set then a single JSON blob will be returned about the item pointed to. This will return an error if the item isn't found. However on bucket based backends (like s3, gcs, b2, azureblob etc) if the item isn't found it will return an empty directory as it isn't possible to tell empty directories from missing directories there.
The Path field will only show folders below the remote path being listed. If "remote:path" contains the file "subfolder/file.txt", the Path for "file.txt" will be "subfolder/file.txt", not "remote:path/subfolder/file.txt". When used without --recursive the Path will always be the same as Name.
If the directory is a bucket in a bucket-based backend, then "IsBucket" will be set to true. This key won't be present unless it is "true".
The time is in RFC3339 format with up to nanosecond precision. The number of decimal digits in the seconds will depend on the precision that the remote can hold the times, so if times are accurate to the nearest millisecond (e.g. Google Drive) then 3 digits will always be shown ("2017-05-31T16:15:57.034+01:00") whereas if the times are accurate to the nearest second (Dropbox, Box, WebDav, etc.) no digits will be shown ("2017-05-31T16:15:57+01:00").
The whole output can be processed as a JSON blob, or alternatively it can be processed line by line as each item is written one to a line.
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
- ls to list size and path of objects only
- lsl to list modification time, size and path of objects only
- lsd to list directories only
- lsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
- lsjson to list objects and directories in JSON format
ls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human-readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine-readable. lsjson is designed to be machine-readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use --max-depth 1 to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use -R to make them recurse.
Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs - the bucket-based remotes).
rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]
Options
--dirs-only Show only directories in the listing
--encrypted Show the encrypted names
--files-only Show only files in the listing
--hash Include hashes in the output (may take longer)
--hash-type stringArray Show only this hash type (may be repeated)
-h, --help help for lsjson
-M, --metadata Add metadata to the listing
--no-mimetype Don't read the mime type (can speed things up)
--no-modtime Don't read the modification time (can speed things up)
--original Show the ID of the underlying Object
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing
--stat Just return the info for the pointed to file
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone mount
Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.
Synopsis
rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone's cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
First set up your remote using rclone config. Check it works with rclone ls etc.
On Linux and macOS, you can run mount in either foreground or background (aka daemon) mode. Mount runs in foreground mode by default. Use the --daemon flag to force background mode. On Windows you can run mount in foreground only, the flag is ignored.
In background mode rclone acts as a generic Unix mount program: the main program starts, spawns background rclone process to setup and maintain the mount, waits until success or timeout and exits with appropriate code (killing the child process if it fails).
On Linux/macOS/FreeBSD start the mount like this, where /path/to/local/mount is an empty existing directory:
rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
On Windows you can start a mount in different ways. See below for details. If foreground mount is used interactively from a console window, rclone will serve the mount and occupy the console so another window should be used to work with the mount until rclone is interrupted e.g. by pressing Ctrl-C.
The following examples will mount to an automatically assigned drive, to specific drive letter X:, to path C:\path\parent\mount (where parent directory or drive must exist, and mount must not exist, and is not supported when mounting as a network drive), and the last example will mount as network share \cloud\remote and map it to an automatically assigned drive:
rclone mount remote:path/to/files *
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\path\parent\mount
rclone mount remote:path/to/files \\cloud\remote
When the program ends while in foreground mode, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount should be automatically stopped.
When running in background mode the user will have to stop the mount manually:
# Linux
fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
# OS X
umount /path/to/local/mount
The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy. When that happens, it is the user's responsibility to stop the mount manually.
The size of the mounted file system will be set according to information retrieved from the remote, the same as returned by the rclone about command. Remotes with unlimited storage may report the used size only, then an additional 1 PiB of free space is assumed. If the remote does not support the about feature at all, then 1 PiB is set as both the total and the free size.
Installing on Windows
To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to download and install WinFsp.
WinFsp is an open-source Windows File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file systems for Windows. It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone uses combination with cgofuse. Both of these packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful during the implementation of rclone mount for Windows.
Mounting modes on windows
Unlike other operating systems, Microsoft Windows provides a different filesystem type for network and fixed drives. It optimises access on the assumption fixed disk drives are fast and reliable, while network drives have relatively high latency and less reliability. Some settings can also be differentiated between the two types, for example that Windows Explorer should just display icons and not create preview thumbnails for image and video files on network drives.
In most cases, rclone will mount the remote as a normal, fixed disk drive by default. However, you can also choose to mount it as a remote network drive, often described as a network share. If you mount an rclone remote using the default, fixed drive mode and experience unexpected program errors, freezes or other issues, consider mounting as a network drive instead.
When mounting as a fixed disk drive you can either mount to an unused drive letter, or to a path representing a nonexistent subdirectory of an existing parent directory or drive. Using the special value * will tell rclone to automatically assign the next available drive letter, starting with Z: and moving backward. Examples:
rclone mount remote:path/to/files *
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\path\parent\mount
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
Option --volname can be used to set a custom volume name for the mounted file system. The default is to use the remote name and path.
To mount as network drive, you can add option --network-mode to your mount command. Mounting to a directory path is not supported in this mode, it is a limitation Windows imposes on junctions, so the remote must always be mounted to a drive letter.
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
A volume name specified with --volname will be used to create the network share path. A complete UNC path, such as \cloud\remote, optionally with path \cloud\remote\madeup\path, will be used as is. Any other string will be used as the share part, after a default prefix \server. If no volume name is specified then \server\share will be used. You must make sure the volume name is unique when you are mounting more than one drive, or else the mount command will fail. The share name will treated as the volume label for the mapped drive, shown in Windows Explorer etc, while the complete \server\share will be reported as the remote UNC path by net use etc, just like a normal network drive mapping.
If you specify a full network share UNC path with --volname, this will implicitly set the --network-mode option, so the following two examples have same result:
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --volname \\server\share
You may also specify the network share UNC path as the mountpoint itself. Then rclone will automatically assign a drive letter, same as with * and use that as mountpoint, and instead use the UNC path specified as the volume name, as if it were specified with the --volname option. This will also implicitly set the --network-mode option. This means the following two examples have same result:
rclone mount remote:path/to/files \\cloud\remote
rclone mount remote:path/to/files * --volname \\cloud\remote
There is yet another way to enable network mode, and to set the share path, and that is to pass the "native" libfuse/WinFsp option directly: --fuse-flag --VolumePrefix=\server\share. Note that the path must be with just a single backslash prefix in this case.
Note: In previous versions of rclone this was the only supported method.
Read more about drive mapping
See also Limitations section below.
Windows filesystem permissions
The FUSE emulation layer on Windows must convert between the POSIX-based permission model used in FUSE, and the permission model used in Windows, based on access-control lists (ACL).
The mounted filesystem will normally get three entries in its access-control list (ACL), representing permissions for the POSIX permission scopes: Owner, group and others. By default, the owner and group will be taken from the current user, and the built-in group "Everyone" will be used to represent others. The user/group can be customized with FUSE options "UserName" and "GroupName", e.g. -o UserName=user123 -o GroupName="Authenticated Users". The permissions on each entry will be set according to options --dir-perms and --file-perms, which takes a value in traditional numeric notation.
The default permissions corresponds to --file-perms 0666 --dir-perms 0777, i.e. read and write permissions to everyone. This means you will not be able to start any programs from the mount. To be able to do that you must add execute permissions, e.g. --file-perms 0777 --dir-perms 0777 to add it to everyone. If the program needs to write files, chances are you will have to enable VFS File Caching as well (see also limitations).
Note that the mapping of permissions is not always trivial, and the result you see in Windows Explorer may not be exactly like you expected. For example, when setting a value that includes write access, this will be mapped to individual permissions "write attributes", "write data" and "append data", but not "write extended attributes". Windows will then show this as basic permission "Special" instead of "Write", because "Write" includes the "write extended attributes" permission.
If you set POSIX permissions for only allowing access to the owner, using --file-perms 0600 --dir-perms 0700, the user group and the built-in "Everyone" group will still be given some special permissions, such as "read attributes" and "read permissions", in Windows. This is done for compatibility reasons, e.g. to allow users without additional permissions to be able to read basic metadata about files like in UNIX. One case that may arise is that other programs (incorrectly) interprets this as the file being accessible by everyone. For example an SSH client may warn about "unprotected private key file".
WinFsp 2021 (version 1.9) introduces a new FUSE option "FileSecurity", that allows the complete specification of file security descriptors using SDDL. With this you can work around issues such as the mentioned "unprotected private key file" by specifying -o FileSecurity="D:P(A;;FA;;;OW)", for file all access (FA) to the owner (OW).
Windows caveats
Drives created as Administrator are not visible to other accounts, not even an account that was elevated to Administrator with the User Account Control (UAC) feature. A result of this is that if you mount to a drive letter from a Command Prompt run as Administrator, and then try to access the same drive from Windows Explorer (which does not run as Administrator), you will not be able to see the mounted drive.
If you don't need to access the drive from applications running with administrative privileges, the easiest way around this is to always create the mount from a non-elevated command prompt.
To make mapped drives available to the user account that created them regardless if elevated or not, there is a special Windows setting called linked connections that can be enabled.
It is also possible to make a drive mount available to everyone on the system, by running the process creating it as the built-in SYSTEM account. There are several ways to do this: One is to use the command-line utility PsExec, from Microsoft's Sysinternals suite, which has option -s to start processes as the SYSTEM account. Another alternative is to run the mount command from a Windows Scheduled Task, or a Windows Service, configured to run as the SYSTEM account. A third alternative is to use the WinFsp.Launcher infrastructure). Note that when running rclone as another user, it will not use the configuration file from your profile unless you tell it to with the --config option. Read more in the install documentation.
Note that mapping to a directory path, instead of a drive letter, does not suffer from the same limitations.
Limitations
Without the use of --vfs-cache-mode this can only write files sequentially, it can only seek when reading. This means that many applications won't work with their files on an rclone mount without --vfs-cache-mode writes or --vfs-cache-mode full. See the VFS File Caching section for more info.
The bucket-based remotes (e.g. Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2) do not support the concept of empty directories, so empty directories will have a tendency to disappear once they fall out of the directory cache.
When rclone mount is invoked on Unix with --daemon flag, the main rclone program will wait for the background mount to become ready or until the timeout specified by the --daemon-wait flag. On Linux it can check mount status using ProcFS so the flag in fact sets maximum time to wait, while the real wait can be less. On macOS / BSD the time to wait is constant and the check is performed only at the end. We advise you to set wait time on macOS reasonably.
Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.
rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy
File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage systems are a long way from 100% reliable. The rclone sync/copy commands cope with this with lots of retries. However rclone mount can't use retries in the same way without making local copies of the uploads. Look at the VFS File Caching for solutions to make mount more reliable.
Attribute caching
You can use the flag --attr-timeout to set the time the kernel caches the attributes (size, modification time, etc.) for directory entries.
The default is 1s which caches files just long enough to avoid too many callbacks to rclone from the kernel.
In theory 0s should be the correct value for filesystems which can change outside the control of the kernel. However this causes quite a few problems such as rclone using too much memory, rclone not serving files to samba and excessive time listing directories.
The kernel can cache the info about a file for the time given by --attr-timeout. You may see corruption if the remote file changes length during this window. It will show up as either a truncated file or a file with garbage on the end. With --attr-timeout 1s this is very unlikely but not impossible. The higher you set --attr-timeout the more likely it is. The default setting of "1s" is the lowest setting which mitigates the problems above.
If you set it higher (10s or 1m say) then the kernel will call back to rclone less often making it more efficient, however there is more chance of the corruption issue above.
If files don't change on the remote outside of the control of rclone then there is no chance of corruption.
This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.
Filters
Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the files to be visible in the mount.
systemd
When running rclone mount as a systemd service, it is possible to use Type=notify. In this case the service will enter the started state after the mountpoint has been successfully set up. Units having the rclone mount service specified as a requirement will see all files and folders immediately in this mode.
Note that systemd runs mount units without any environment variables including PATH or HOME. This means that tilde (~) expansion will not work and you should provide --config and --cache-dir explicitly as absolute paths via rclone arguments. Since mounting requires the fusermount program, rclone will use the fallback PATH of /bin:/usr/bin in this scenario. Please ensure that fusermount is present on this PATH.
Rclone as Unix mount helper
The core Unix program /bin/mount normally takes the -t FSTYPE argument then runs the /sbin/mount.FSTYPE helper program passing it mount options as -o key=val,... or --opt=.... Automount (classic or systemd) behaves in a similar way.
rclone by default expects GNU-style flags --key val. To run it as a mount helper you should symlink rclone binary to /sbin/mount.rclone and optionally /usr/bin/rclonefs, e.g. ln -s /usr/bin/rclone /sbin/mount.rclone. rclone will detect it and translate command-line arguments appropriately.
Now you can run classic mounts like this:
mount sftp1:subdir /mnt/data -t rclone -o vfs_cache_mode=writes,sftp_key_file=/path/to/pem
or create systemd mount units:
# /etc/systemd/system/mnt-data.mount
[Unit]
After=network-online.target
[Mount]
Type=rclone
What=sftp1:subdir
Where=/mnt/data
Options=rw,allow_other,args2env,vfs-cache-mode=writes,config=/etc/rclone.conf,cache-dir=/var/rclone
optionally accompanied by systemd automount unit
# /etc/systemd/system/mnt-data.automount
[Unit]
After=network-online.target
Before=remote-fs.target
[Automount]
Where=/mnt/data
TimeoutIdleSec=600
[Install]
WantedBy=multi-user.target
or add in /etc/fstab a line like
sftp1:subdir /mnt/data rclone rw,noauto,nofail,_netdev,x-systemd.automount,args2env,vfs_cache_mode=writes,config=/etc/rclone.conf,cache_dir=/var/cache/rclone 0 0
or use classic Automountd. Remember to provide explicit config=...,cache-dir=... as a workaround for mount units being run without HOME.
Rclone in the mount helper mode will split -o argument(s) by comma, replace _ by - and prepend -- to get the command-line flags. Options containing commas or spaces can be wrapped in single or double quotes. Any inner quotes inside outer quotes of the same type should be doubled.
Mount option syntax includes a few extra options treated specially:
- env.NAME=VALUE will set an environment variable for the mount process. This helps with Automountd and Systemd.mount which don't allow setting custom environment for mount helpers. Typically you will use env.HTTPS_PROXY=proxy.host:3128 or env.HOME=/root
- command=cmount can be used to run cmount or any other rclone command rather than the default mount.
- args2env will pass mount options to the mount helper running in background via environment variables instead of command line arguments. This allows to hide secrets from such commands as ps or pgrep.
- vv... will be transformed into appropriate --verbose=N
- standard mount options like x-systemd.automount, _netdev, nosuid and alike are intended only for Automountd and ignored by rclone.
VFS - Virtual File System
This command uses the VFS layer. This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something which looks much more like a disk filing system.
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren't like disk files - you can't extend them or write to the middle of them, so the VFS layer has to deal with that. Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various options explained below.
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
VFS Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can control how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the cache.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the polling interval.
You can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
VFS File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one open file and won't be shared.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
VFS File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a normal file system. It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
For example you'll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed and if they haven't been accessed for --vfs-write-back seconds. If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven't been uploaded, these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
If using --vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every --vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
You should not run two copies of rclone using the same VFS cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using --vfs-cache-mode > off. This can potentially cause data corruption if you do. You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy with --cache-dir. You don't need to worry about this if the remotes in use don't overlap.
--vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
- Files can't be opened for both read AND write
- Files opened for write can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
- Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
- Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disk. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
- Files opened for write only can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing intervals up to 1 minute.
--vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone will only buffer the start of the file. These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present in them.
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is otherwise identical to --vfs-cache-mode writes.
When reading a file rclone will read --buffer-size plus --vfs-read-ahead bytes ahead. The --buffer-size is buffered in memory whereas the --vfs-read-ahead is buffered on disk.
When using this mode it is recommended that --buffer-size is not set too large and --vfs-read-ahead is set large if required.
IMPORTANT not all file systems support sparse files. In particular FAT/exFAT do not. Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem which doesn't support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message if one is detected.
Fingerprinting
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy has changed relative to a remote file. Fingerprints are made from:
- size
- modification time
- hash
where available on an object.
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
For example hash is slow with the local and sftp backends as they have to read the entire file and hash it, and modtime is slow with the s3, swift, ftp and qinqstor backends because they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
If you use the --vfs-fast-fingerprint flag then rclone will not include the slow operations in the fingerprint. This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will improve the opening time of cached files.
If you are running a vfs cache over local, s3 or swift backends then using this flag is recommended.
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be downloaded again.
VFS Chunked Reading
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks. This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the chunk specified. This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an increased number of requests.
These flags control the chunking:
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix Max chunk doubling size (default off)
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size --vfs-read-chunk-size, and then double the size for each read. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is specified, and greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, the chunk size for each open file will get doubled only until the specified value is reached. If the value is "off", which is the default, the limit is disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
With --vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
Setting --vfs-read-chunk-size to 0 or "off" disables chunked reading.
VFS Performance
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for performance or other reasons. See also the chunked reading feature.
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the --no-modtime flag (or use --use-server-modtime for a slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a transaction.
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--read-only Only allow read-only access.
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order. Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence read or write to come in. These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
--vfs-read-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
When using VFS write caching (--vfs-cache-mode with value writes or full), the global flag --transfers can be set to adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache (the related global flag --checkers has no effect on the VFS).
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
VFS Case Sensitivity
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default.
The --vfs-case-insensitive VFS flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the remote as-is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on the command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on the remote. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by the underlying remote.
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false" otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
VFS Disk Options
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing system. It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly automatically.
--vfs-disk-space-total-size Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
Alternate report of used bytes
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used. If you need this information to be available when running df on the filesystem, then pass the flag --vfs-used-is-size to rclone. With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to rclone size and compute the total used space itself.
WARNING. Contrary to rclone size, this flag ignores filters so that the result is accurate. However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls resulting in extra charges. Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
Options
--allow-non-empty Allow mounting over a non-empty directory (not supported on Windows)
--allow-other Allow access to other users (not supported on Windows)
--allow-root Allow access to root user (not supported on Windows)
--async-read Use asynchronous reads (not supported on Windows) (default true)
--attr-timeout Duration Time for which file/directory attributes are cached (default 1s)
--daemon Run mount in background and exit parent process (as background output is suppressed, use --log-file with --log-format=pid,... to monitor) (not supported on Windows)
--daemon-timeout Duration Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported on Windows) (default 0s)
--daemon-wait Duration Time to wait for ready mount from daemon (maximum time on Linux, constant sleep time on OSX/BSD) (not supported on Windows) (default 1m0s)
--debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v
--default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode (not supported on Windows)
--devname string Set the device name - default is remote:path
--dir-cache-time Duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--fuse-flag stringArray Flags or arguments to be passed direct to libfuse/WinFsp (repeat if required)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
-h, --help help for mount
--max-read-ahead SizeSuffix The number of bytes that can be prefetched for sequential reads (not supported on Windows) (default 128Ki)
--network-mode Mount as remote network drive, instead of fixed disk drive (supported on Windows only)
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files
--noappledouble Ignore Apple Double (._) and .DS_Store files (supported on OSX only) (default true)
--noapplexattr Ignore all "com.apple.*" extended attributes (supported on OSX only)
-o, --option stringArray Option for libfuse/WinFsp (repeat if required)
--poll-interval Duration Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
--read-only Only allow read-only access
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
--vfs-cache-max-age Duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
--vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix Specify the total space of disk (default off)
--vfs-fast-fingerprint Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
--vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached ('off' is unlimited) (default off)
--vfs-read-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-used-is-size rclone size Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
--vfs-write-back Duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
--vfs-write-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
--volname string Set the volume name (supported on Windows and OSX only)
--write-back-cache Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone (without this, writethrough caching is used) (not supported on Windows)
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone moveto
Move file or directory from source to dest.
Synopsis
If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or directory named dest:path.
This can be used to rename files or upload single files to other than their existing name. If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the move command.
So
rclone moveto src dst
where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local or C:.
This will:
if src is file
move it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
if src is directory
move it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
see move command for full details
This doesn't transfer files that are identical on src and dst, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. src will be deleted on successful transfer.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the --dry-run or the --interactive/-i flag.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for moveto
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone ncdu
Explore a remote with a text based user interface.
Synopsis
This displays a text based user interface allowing the navigation of a remote. It is most useful for answering the question - "What is using all my disk space?".
To make the user interface it first scans the entire remote given and builds an in memory representation. rclone ncdu can be used during this scanning phase and you will see it building up the directory structure as it goes along.
You can interact with the user interface using key presses, press '?' to toggle the help on and off. The supported keys are:
โ,โ or k,j to Move
โ,l to enter
โ,h to return
g toggle graph
c toggle counts
a toggle average size in directory
m toggle modified time
u toggle human-readable format
n,s,C,A,M sort by name,size,count,asize,mtime
d delete file/directory
v select file/directory
V enter visual select mode
D delete selected files/directories
y copy current path to clipboard
Y display current path
^L refresh screen (fix screen corruption)
? to toggle help on and off
q/ESC/^c to quit
Listed files/directories may be prefixed by a one-character flag, some of them combined with a description in brackets at end of line. These flags have the following meaning:
e means this is an empty directory, i.e. contains no files (but
may contain empty subdirectories)
~ means this is a directory where some of the files (possibly in
subdirectories) have unknown size, and therefore the directory
size may be underestimated (and average size inaccurate, as it
is average of the files with known sizes).
. means an error occurred while reading a subdirectory, and
therefore the directory size may be underestimated (and average
size inaccurate)
! means an error occurred while reading this directory
This an homage to the ncdu tool but for rclone remotes. It is missing lots of features at the moment but is useful as it stands.
Note that it might take some time to delete big files/directories. The UI won't respond in the meantime since the deletion is done synchronously.
For a non-interactive listing of the remote, see the tree command. To just get the total size of the remote you can also use the size command.
rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for ncdu
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone obscure
Obscure password for use in the rclone config file.
Synopsis
In the rclone config file, human-readable passwords are obscured. Obscuring them is done by encrypting them and writing them out in base64. This is not a secure way of encrypting these passwords as rclone can decrypt them - it is to prevent "eyedropping" - namely someone seeing a password in the rclone config file by accident.
Many equally important things (like access tokens) are not obscured in the config file. However it is very hard to shoulder surf a 64 character hex token.
This command can also accept a password through STDIN instead of an argument by passing a hyphen as an argument. This will use the first line of STDIN as the password not including the trailing newline.
echo "secretpassword" | rclone obscure -
If there is no data on STDIN to read, rclone obscure will default to obfuscating the hyphen itself.
If you want to encrypt the config file then please use config file encryption - see rclone config for more info.
rclone obscure password [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for obscure
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone rc
Run a command against a running rclone.
Synopsis
This runs a command against a running rclone. Use the --url flag to specify an non default URL to connect on. This can be either a ":port" which is taken to mean "http://localhost:port" or a "host:port" which is taken to mean "http://host:port"
A username and password can be passed in with --user and --pass.
Note that --rc-addr, --rc-user, --rc-pass will be read also for --url, --user, --pass.
Arguments should be passed in as parameter=value.
The result will be returned as a JSON object by default.
The --json parameter can be used to pass in a JSON blob as an input instead of key=value arguments. This is the only way of passing in more complicated values.
The -o/--opt option can be used to set a key "opt" with key, value options in the form -o key=value or -o key. It can be repeated as many times as required. This is useful for rc commands which take the "opt" parameter which by convention is a dictionary of strings.
-o key=value -o key2
Will place this in the "opt" value
{"key":"value", "key2","")
The -a/--arg option can be used to set strings in the "arg" value. It can be repeated as many times as required. This is useful for rc commands which take the "arg" parameter which by convention is a list of strings.
-a value -a value2
Will place this in the "arg" value
["value", "value2"]
Use --loopback to connect to the rclone instance running rclone rc. This is very useful for testing commands without having to run an rclone rc server, e.g.:
rclone rc --loopback operations/about fs=/
Use rclone rc to see a list of all possible commands.
rclone rc commands parameter [flags]
Options
-a, --arg stringArray Argument placed in the "arg" array
-h, --help help for rc
--json string Input JSON - use instead of key=value args
--loopback If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP
--no-output If set, don't output the JSON result
-o, --opt stringArray Option in the form name=value or name placed in the "opt" array
--pass string Password to use to connect to rclone remote control
--url string URL to connect to rclone remote control (default "http://localhost:5572/")
--user string Username to use to rclone remote control
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone rcat
Copies standard input to file on remote.
Synopsis
rclone rcat reads from standard input (stdin) and copies it to a single remote file.
echo "hello world" | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
If the remote file already exists, it will be overwritten.
rcat will try to upload small files in a single request, which is usually more efficient than the streaming/chunked upload endpoints, which use multiple requests. Exact behaviour depends on the remote. What is considered a small file may be set through --streaming-upload-cutoff. Uploading only starts after the cutoff is reached or if the file ends before that. The data must fit into RAM. The cutoff needs to be small enough to adhere the limits of your remote, please see there. Generally speaking, setting this cutoff too high will decrease your performance.
Use the --size flag to preallocate the file in advance at the remote end and actually stream it, even if remote backend doesn't support streaming.
--size should be the exact size of the input stream in bytes. If the size of the stream is different in length to the --size passed in then the transfer will likely fail.
Note that the upload can also not be retried because the data is not kept around until the upload succeeds. If you need to transfer a lot of data, you're better off caching locally and then rclone move it to the destination.
rclone rcat remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for rcat
--size int File size hint to preallocate (default -1)
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone rcd
Run rclone listening to remote control commands only.
Synopsis
This runs rclone so that it only listens to remote control commands.
This is useful if you are controlling rclone via the rc API.
If you pass in a path to a directory, rclone will serve that directory for GET requests on the URL passed in. It will also open the URL in the browser when rclone is run.
See the rc documentation for more info on the rc flags.
Server options
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
You can use a unix socket by setting the url to unix:///path/to/socket or just by using an absolute path name. Note that unix sockets bypass the authentication - this is expected to be done with file system permissions.
--addr may be repeated to listen on multiple IPs/ports/sockets.
--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.
--baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used --baseurl "/rclone" then rclone would serve from a URL starting with "/rclone/". This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing "/" on --baseurl, so --baseurl "rclone", --baseurl "/rclone" and --baseurl "/rclone/" are all treated identically.
TLS (SSL)
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply --client-ca also.
--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.
--min-tls-version is minimum TLS version that is acceptable. Valid values are "tls1.0", "tls1.1", "tls1.2" and "tls1.3" (default "tls1.0").
Template
--template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for HTTP and WebDAV serve functions. The server exports the following markup to be used within the template to server pages:
Parameter Description
.Name The full path of a file/directory.
.Title Directory listing of .Name
.Sort The current sort used. This is changeable via ?sort= parameter
Sort Options:
namedirfirst,name,size,time
(default namedirfirst)
.Order The current ordering used. This is changeable via ?order= parameter
Order Options: asc,desc (default
asc)
.Query Currently unused.
.Breadcrumb Allows for creating a relative navigation
-- .Link The relative to the root link of the Text.
-- .Text The Name of the directory.
.Entries Information about a specific file/directory.
-- .URL The 'url' of an entry.
-- .Leaf Currently same as 'URL' but intended to be 'just' the name.
-- .IsDir Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.
-- .Size Size in Bytes of the entry.
Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
Use --salt to change the password hashing salt from the default.
rclone rcd <path to files to serve>* [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for rcd
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone rmdirs
Remove empty directories under the path.
Synopsis
This recursively removes any empty directories (including directories that only contain empty directories), that it finds under the path. The root path itself will also be removed if it is empty, unless you supply the --leave-root flag.
Use command rmdir to delete just the empty directory given by path, not recurse.
This is useful for tidying up remotes that rclone has left a lot of empty directories in. For example the delete command will delete files but leave the directory structure (unless used with option --rmdirs).
To delete a path and any objects in it, use purge command.
rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for rmdirs
--leave-root Do not remove root directory if empty
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone selfupdate
Update the rclone binary.
Synopsis
This command downloads the latest release of rclone and replaces the currently running binary. The download is verified with a hashsum and cryptographically signed signature.
If used without flags (or with implied --stable flag), this command will install the latest stable release. However, some issues may be fixed (or features added) only in the latest beta release. In such cases you should run the command with the --beta flag, i.e. rclone selfupdate --beta. You can check in advance what version would be installed by adding the --check flag, then repeat the command without it when you are satisfied.
Sometimes the rclone team may recommend you a concrete beta or stable rclone release to troubleshoot your issue or add a bleeding edge feature. The --version VER flag, if given, will update to the concrete version instead of the latest one. If you omit micro version from VER (for example 1.53), the latest matching micro version will be used.
Upon successful update rclone will print a message that contains a previous version number. You will need it if you later decide to revert your update for some reason. Then you'll have to note the previous version and run the following command: rclone selfupdate [--beta] OLDVER. If the old version contains only dots and digits (for example v1.54.0) then it's a stable release so you won't need the --beta flag. Beta releases have an additional information similar to v1.54.0-beta.5111.06f1c0c61. (if you are a developer and use a locally built rclone, the version number will end with -DEV, you will have to rebuild it as it obviously can't be distributed).
If you previously installed rclone via a package manager, the package may include local documentation or configure services. You may wish to update with the flag --package deb or --package rpm (whichever is correct for your OS) to update these too. This command with the default --package zip will update only the rclone executable so the local manual may become inaccurate after it.
The rclone mount command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) may or may not support extended FUSE options depending on the build and OS. selfupdate will refuse to update if the capability would be discarded.
Note: Windows forbids deletion of a currently running executable so this command will rename the old executable to 'rclone.old.exe' upon success.
Please note that this command was not available before rclone version 1.55. If it fails for you with the message unknown command "selfupdate" then you will need to update manually following the install instructions located at https://rclone.org/install/
rclone selfupdate [flags]
Options
--beta Install beta release
--check Check for latest release, do not download
-h, --help help for selfupdate
--output string Save the downloaded binary at a given path (default: replace running binary)
--package string Package format: zip|deb|rpm (default: zip)
--stable Install stable release (this is the default)
--version string Install the given rclone version (default: latest)
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone serve
Serve a remote over a protocol.
Synopsis
Serve a remote over a given protocol. Requires the use of a subcommand to specify the protocol, e.g.
rclone serve http remote:
Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.
rclone serve <protocol> [opts] <remote> [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for serve
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
- rclone serve dlna - Serve remote:path over DLNA
- rclone serve docker - Serve any remote on docker's volume plugin API.
- rclone serve ftp - Serve remote:path over FTP.
- rclone serve http - Serve the remote over HTTP.
- rclone serve restic - Serve the remote for restic's REST API.
- rclone serve sftp - Serve the remote over SFTP.
- rclone serve webdav - Serve remote:path over WebDAV.
rclone serve dlna
Serve remote:path over DLNA
Synopsis
Run a DLNA media server for media stored in an rclone remote. Many devices, such as the Xbox and PlayStation, can automatically discover this server in the LAN and play audio/video from it. VLC is also supported. Service discovery uses UDP multicast packets (SSDP) and will thus only work on LANs.
Rclone will list all files present in the remote, without filtering based on media formats or file extensions. Additionally, there is no media transcoding support. This means that some players might show files that they are not able to play back correctly.
Server options
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, e.g. --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all IPs.
Use --name to choose the friendly server name, which is by default "rclone (hostname)".
Use --log-trace in conjunction with -vv to enable additional debug logging of all UPNP traffic.
VFS - Virtual File System
This command uses the VFS layer. This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something which looks much more like a disk filing system.
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren't like disk files - you can't extend them or write to the middle of them, so the VFS layer has to deal with that. Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various options explained below.
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
VFS Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can control how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the cache.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the polling interval.
You can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
VFS File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one open file and won't be shared.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
VFS File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a normal file system. It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
For example you'll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed and if they haven't been accessed for --vfs-write-back seconds. If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven't been uploaded, these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
If using --vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every --vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
You should not run two copies of rclone using the same VFS cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using --vfs-cache-mode > off. This can potentially cause data corruption if you do. You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy with --cache-dir. You don't need to worry about this if the remotes in use don't overlap.
--vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
- Files can't be opened for both read AND write
- Files opened for write can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
- Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
- Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disk. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
- Files opened for write only can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing intervals up to 1 minute.
--vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone will only buffer the start of the file. These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present in them.
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is otherwise identical to --vfs-cache-mode writes.
When reading a file rclone will read --buffer-size plus --vfs-read-ahead bytes ahead. The --buffer-size is buffered in memory whereas the --vfs-read-ahead is buffered on disk.
When using this mode it is recommended that --buffer-size is not set too large and --vfs-read-ahead is set large if required.
IMPORTANT not all file systems support sparse files. In particular FAT/exFAT do not. Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem which doesn't support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message if one is detected.
Fingerprinting
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy has changed relative to a remote file. Fingerprints are made from:
- size
- modification time
- hash
where available on an object.
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
For example hash is slow with the local and sftp backends as they have to read the entire file and hash it, and modtime is slow with the s3, swift, ftp and qinqstor backends because they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
If you use the --vfs-fast-fingerprint flag then rclone will not include the slow operations in the fingerprint. This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will improve the opening time of cached files.
If you are running a vfs cache over local, s3 or swift backends then using this flag is recommended.
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be downloaded again.
VFS Chunked Reading
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks. This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the chunk specified. This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an increased number of requests.
These flags control the chunking:
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix Max chunk doubling size (default off)
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size --vfs-read-chunk-size, and then double the size for each read. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is specified, and greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, the chunk size for each open file will get doubled only until the specified value is reached. If the value is "off", which is the default, the limit is disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
With --vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
Setting --vfs-read-chunk-size to 0 or "off" disables chunked reading.
VFS Performance
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for performance or other reasons. See also the chunked reading feature.
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the --no-modtime flag (or use --use-server-modtime for a slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a transaction.
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--read-only Only allow read-only access.
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order. Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence read or write to come in. These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
--vfs-read-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
When using VFS write caching (--vfs-cache-mode with value writes or full), the global flag --transfers can be set to adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache (the related global flag --checkers has no effect on the VFS).
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
VFS Case Sensitivity
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default.
The --vfs-case-insensitive VFS flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the remote as-is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on the command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on the remote. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by the underlying remote.
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false" otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
VFS Disk Options
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing system. It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly automatically.
--vfs-disk-space-total-size Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
Alternate report of used bytes
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used. If you need this information to be available when running df on the filesystem, then pass the flag --vfs-used-is-size to rclone. With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to rclone size and compute the total used space itself.
WARNING. Contrary to rclone size, this flag ignores filters so that the result is accurate. However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls resulting in extra charges. Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
rclone serve dlna remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr string The ip:port or :port to bind the DLNA http server to (default ":7879")
--announce-interval Duration The interval between SSDP announcements (default 12m0s)
--dir-cache-time Duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
-h, --help help for dlna
--interface stringArray The interface to use for SSDP (repeat as necessary)
--log-trace Enable trace logging of SOAP traffic
--name string Name of DLNA server
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files
--poll-interval Duration Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
--read-only Only allow read-only access
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
--vfs-cache-max-age Duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
--vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix Specify the total space of disk (default off)
--vfs-fast-fingerprint Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
--vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached ('off' is unlimited) (default off)
--vfs-read-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-used-is-size rclone size Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
--vfs-write-back Duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
--vfs-write-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
rclone serve docker
Serve any remote on docker's volume plugin API.
Synopsis
This command implements the Docker volume plugin API allowing docker to use rclone as a data storage mechanism for various cloud providers. rclone provides docker volume plugin based on it.
To create a docker plugin, one must create a Unix or TCP socket that Docker will look for when you use the plugin and then it listens for commands from docker daemon and runs the corresponding code when necessary. Docker plugins can run as a managed plugin under control of the docker daemon or as an independent native service. For testing, you can just run it directly from the command line, for example:
sudo rclone serve docker --base-dir /tmp/rclone-volumes --socket-addr localhost:8787 -vv
Running rclone serve docker will create the said socket, listening for commands from Docker to create the necessary Volumes. Normally you need not give the --socket-addr flag. The API will listen on the unix domain socket at /run/docker/plugins/rclone.sock. In the example above rclone will create a TCP socket and a small file /etc/docker/plugins/rclone.spec containing the socket address. We use sudo because both paths are writeable only by the root user.
If you later decide to change listening socket, the docker daemon must be restarted to reconnect to /run/docker/plugins/rclone.sock or parse new /etc/docker/plugins/rclone.spec. Until you restart, any volume related docker commands will timeout trying to access the old socket. Running directly is supported on Linux only, not on Windows or MacOS. This is not a problem with managed plugin mode described in details in the full documentation.
The command will create volume mounts under the path given by --base-dir (by default /var/lib/docker-volumes/rclone available only to root) and maintain the JSON formatted file docker-plugin.state in the rclone cache directory with book-keeping records of created and mounted volumes.
All mount and VFS options are submitted by the docker daemon via API, but you can also provide defaults on the command line as well as set path to the config file and cache directory or adjust logging verbosity.
VFS - Virtual File System
This command uses the VFS layer. This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something which looks much more like a disk filing system.
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren't like disk files - you can't extend them or write to the middle of them, so the VFS layer has to deal with that. Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various options explained below.
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
VFS Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can control how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the cache.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the polling interval.
You can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
VFS File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one open file and won't be shared.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
VFS File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a normal file system. It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
For example you'll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed and if they haven't been accessed for --vfs-write-back seconds. If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven't been uploaded, these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
If using --vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every --vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
You should not run two copies of rclone using the same VFS cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using --vfs-cache-mode > off. This can potentially cause data corruption if you do. You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy with --cache-dir. You don't need to worry about this if the remotes in use don't overlap.
--vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
- Files can't be opened for both read AND write
- Files opened for write can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
- Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
- Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disk. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
- Files opened for write only can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing intervals up to 1 minute.
--vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone will only buffer the start of the file. These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present in them.
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is otherwise identical to --vfs-cache-mode writes.
When reading a file rclone will read --buffer-size plus --vfs-read-ahead bytes ahead. The --buffer-size is buffered in memory whereas the --vfs-read-ahead is buffered on disk.
When using this mode it is recommended that --buffer-size is not set too large and --vfs-read-ahead is set large if required.
IMPORTANT not all file systems support sparse files. In particular FAT/exFAT do not. Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem which doesn't support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message if one is detected.
Fingerprinting
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy has changed relative to a remote file. Fingerprints are made from:
- size
- modification time
- hash
where available on an object.
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
For example hash is slow with the local and sftp backends as they have to read the entire file and hash it, and modtime is slow with the s3, swift, ftp and qinqstor backends because they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
If you use the --vfs-fast-fingerprint flag then rclone will not include the slow operations in the fingerprint. This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will improve the opening time of cached files.
If you are running a vfs cache over local, s3 or swift backends then using this flag is recommended.
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be downloaded again.
VFS Chunked Reading
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks. This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the chunk specified. This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an increased number of requests.
These flags control the chunking:
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix Max chunk doubling size (default off)
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size --vfs-read-chunk-size, and then double the size for each read. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is specified, and greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, the chunk size for each open file will get doubled only until the specified value is reached. If the value is "off", which is the default, the limit is disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
With --vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
Setting --vfs-read-chunk-size to 0 or "off" disables chunked reading.
VFS Performance
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for performance or other reasons. See also the chunked reading feature.
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the --no-modtime flag (or use --use-server-modtime for a slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a transaction.
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--read-only Only allow read-only access.
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order. Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence read or write to come in. These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
--vfs-read-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
When using VFS write caching (--vfs-cache-mode with value writes or full), the global flag --transfers can be set to adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache (the related global flag --checkers has no effect on the VFS).
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
VFS Case Sensitivity
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default.
The --vfs-case-insensitive VFS flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the remote as-is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on the command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on the remote. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by the underlying remote.
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false" otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
VFS Disk Options
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing system. It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly automatically.
--vfs-disk-space-total-size Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
Alternate report of used bytes
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used. If you need this information to be available when running df on the filesystem, then pass the flag --vfs-used-is-size to rclone. With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to rclone size and compute the total used space itself.
WARNING. Contrary to rclone size, this flag ignores filters so that the result is accurate. However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls resulting in extra charges. Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
rclone serve docker [flags]
Options
--allow-non-empty Allow mounting over a non-empty directory (not supported on Windows)
--allow-other Allow access to other users (not supported on Windows)
--allow-root Allow access to root user (not supported on Windows)
--async-read Use asynchronous reads (not supported on Windows) (default true)
--attr-timeout Duration Time for which file/directory attributes are cached (default 1s)
--base-dir string Base directory for volumes (default "/var/lib/docker-volumes/rclone")
--daemon Run mount in background and exit parent process (as background output is suppressed, use --log-file with --log-format=pid,... to monitor) (not supported on Windows)
--daemon-timeout Duration Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported on Windows) (default 0s)
--daemon-wait Duration Time to wait for ready mount from daemon (maximum time on Linux, constant sleep time on OSX/BSD) (not supported on Windows) (default 1m0s)
--debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v
--default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode (not supported on Windows)
--devname string Set the device name - default is remote:path
--dir-cache-time Duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--forget-state Skip restoring previous state
--fuse-flag stringArray Flags or arguments to be passed direct to libfuse/WinFsp (repeat if required)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
-h, --help help for docker
--max-read-ahead SizeSuffix The number of bytes that can be prefetched for sequential reads (not supported on Windows) (default 128Ki)
--network-mode Mount as remote network drive, instead of fixed disk drive (supported on Windows only)
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files
--no-spec Do not write spec file
--noappledouble Ignore Apple Double (._) and .DS_Store files (supported on OSX only) (default true)
--noapplexattr Ignore all "com.apple.*" extended attributes (supported on OSX only)
-o, --option stringArray Option for libfuse/WinFsp (repeat if required)
--poll-interval Duration Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
--read-only Only allow read-only access
--socket-addr string Address <host:port> or absolute path (default: /run/docker/plugins/rclone.sock)
--socket-gid int GID for unix socket (default: current process GID) (default 1000)
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
--vfs-cache-max-age Duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
--vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix Specify the total space of disk (default off)
--vfs-fast-fingerprint Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
--vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached ('off' is unlimited) (default off)
--vfs-read-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-used-is-size rclone size Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
--vfs-write-back Duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
--vfs-write-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
--volname string Set the volume name (supported on Windows and OSX only)
--write-back-cache Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone (without this, writethrough caching is used) (not supported on Windows)
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
rclone serve ftp
Serve remote:path over FTP.
Synopsis
Run a basic FTP server to serve a remote over FTP protocol. This can be viewed with a FTP client or you can make a remote of type FTP to read and write it.
Server options
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, e.g. --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
VFS - Virtual File System
This command uses the VFS layer. This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something which looks much more like a disk filing system.
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren't like disk files - you can't extend them or write to the middle of them, so the VFS layer has to deal with that. Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various options explained below.
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
VFS Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can control how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the cache.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the polling interval.
You can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
VFS File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one open file and won't be shared.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
VFS File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a normal file system. It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
For example you'll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed and if they haven't been accessed for --vfs-write-back seconds. If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven't been uploaded, these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
If using --vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every --vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
You should not run two copies of rclone using the same VFS cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using --vfs-cache-mode > off. This can potentially cause data corruption if you do. You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy with --cache-dir. You don't need to worry about this if the remotes in use don't overlap.
--vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
- Files can't be opened for both read AND write
- Files opened for write can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
- Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
- Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disk. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
- Files opened for write only can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing intervals up to 1 minute.
--vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone will only buffer the start of the file. These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present in them.
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is otherwise identical to --vfs-cache-mode writes.
When reading a file rclone will read --buffer-size plus --vfs-read-ahead bytes ahead. The --buffer-size is buffered in memory whereas the --vfs-read-ahead is buffered on disk.
When using this mode it is recommended that --buffer-size is not set too large and --vfs-read-ahead is set large if required.
IMPORTANT not all file systems support sparse files. In particular FAT/exFAT do not. Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem which doesn't support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message if one is detected.
Fingerprinting
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy has changed relative to a remote file. Fingerprints are made from:
- size
- modification time
- hash
where available on an object.
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
For example hash is slow with the local and sftp backends as they have to read the entire file and hash it, and modtime is slow with the s3, swift, ftp and qinqstor backends because they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
If you use the --vfs-fast-fingerprint flag then rclone will not include the slow operations in the fingerprint. This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will improve the opening time of cached files.
If you are running a vfs cache over local, s3 or swift backends then using this flag is recommended.
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be downloaded again.
VFS Chunked Reading
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks. This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the chunk specified. This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an increased number of requests.
These flags control the chunking:
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix Max chunk doubling size (default off)
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size --vfs-read-chunk-size, and then double the size for each read. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is specified, and greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, the chunk size for each open file will get doubled only until the specified value is reached. If the value is "off", which is the default, the limit is disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
With --vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
Setting --vfs-read-chunk-size to 0 or "off" disables chunked reading.
VFS Performance
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for performance or other reasons. See also the chunked reading feature.
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the --no-modtime flag (or use --use-server-modtime for a slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a transaction.
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--read-only Only allow read-only access.
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order. Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence read or write to come in. These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
--vfs-read-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
When using VFS write caching (--vfs-cache-mode with value writes or full), the global flag --transfers can be set to adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache (the related global flag --checkers has no effect on the VFS).
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
VFS Case Sensitivity
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default.
The --vfs-case-insensitive VFS flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the remote as-is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on the command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on the remote. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by the underlying remote.
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false" otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
VFS Disk Options
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing system. It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly automatically.
--vfs-disk-space-total-size Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
Alternate report of used bytes
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used. If you need this information to be available when running df on the filesystem, then pass the flag --vfs-used-is-size to rclone. With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to rclone size and compute the total used space itself.
WARNING. Contrary to rclone size, this flag ignores filters so that the result is accurate. However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls resulting in extra charges. Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
Auth Proxy
If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocol with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
PLEASE NOTE: --auth-proxy and --authorized-keys cannot be used together, if --auth-proxy is set the authorized keys option will be ignored.
There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py in the rclone source code.
The program's job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won't use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.
This config generated must have this extra parameter - _root - root to use for the backend
And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure
If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
{
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword"
}
If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
{
"user": "me",
"public_key": "AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf"
}
And as an example return this on STDOUT
{
"type": "sftp",
"_root": "",
"_obscure": "pass",
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword",
"host": "sftp.example.com"
}
This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the user and pass/public_key returned in the output to the host given. Note that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).
The program can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the user be [email protected] and then set the host to example.com in the output and the user to user. For security you'd probably want to restrict the host to a limited list.
Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for configuration, don't use pass or public_key. This also means that if a user's password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.
rclone serve ftp remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default "localhost:2121")
--auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth
--cert string TLS PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--dir-cache-time Duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
-h, --help help for ftp
--key string TLS PEM Private key
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files
--pass string Password for authentication (empty value allow every password)
--passive-port string Passive port range to use (default "30000-32000")
--poll-interval Duration Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
--public-ip string Public IP address to advertise for passive connections
--read-only Only allow read-only access
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication (default "anonymous")
--vfs-cache-max-age Duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
--vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix Specify the total space of disk (default off)
--vfs-fast-fingerprint Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
--vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached ('off' is unlimited) (default off)
--vfs-read-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-used-is-size rclone size Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
--vfs-write-back Duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
--vfs-write-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
rclone serve http
Serve the remote over HTTP.
Synopsis
Run a basic web server to serve a remote over HTTP. This can be viewed in a web browser or you can make a remote of type http read from it.
You can use the filter flags (e.g. --include, --exclude) to control what is served.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
--bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use --stats to control the stats printing.
Server options
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
You can use a unix socket by setting the url to unix:///path/to/socket or just by using an absolute path name. Note that unix sockets bypass the authentication - this is expected to be done with file system permissions.
--addr may be repeated to listen on multiple IPs/ports/sockets.
--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.
--baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used --baseurl "/rclone" then rclone would serve from a URL starting with "/rclone/". This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing "/" on --baseurl, so --baseurl "rclone", --baseurl "/rclone" and --baseurl "/rclone/" are all treated identically.
TLS (SSL)
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply --client-ca also.
--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.
--min-tls-version is minimum TLS version that is acceptable. Valid values are "tls1.0", "tls1.1", "tls1.2" and "tls1.3" (default "tls1.0").
Template
--template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for HTTP and WebDAV serve functions. The server exports the following markup to be used within the template to server pages:
Parameter Description
.Name The full path of a file/directory.
.Title Directory listing of .Name
.Sort The current sort used. This is changeable via ?sort= parameter
Sort Options:
namedirfirst,name,size,time
(default namedirfirst)
.Order The current ordering used. This is changeable via ?order= parameter
Order Options: asc,desc (default
asc)
.Query Currently unused.
.Breadcrumb Allows for creating a relative navigation
-- .Link The relative to the root link of the Text.
-- .Text The Name of the directory.
.Entries Information about a specific file/directory.
-- .URL The 'url' of an entry.
-- .Leaf Currently same as 'URL' but intended to be 'just' the name.
-- .IsDir Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.
-- .Size Size in Bytes of the entry.
Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
Use --salt to change the password hashing salt from the default.
VFS - Virtual File System
This command uses the VFS layer. This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something which looks much more like a disk filing system.
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren't like disk files - you can't extend them or write to the middle of them, so the VFS layer has to deal with that. Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various options explained below.
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
VFS Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can control how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the cache.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the polling interval.
You can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
VFS File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one open file and won't be shared.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
VFS File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a normal file system. It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
For example you'll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed and if they haven't been accessed for --vfs-write-back seconds. If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven't been uploaded, these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
If using --vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every --vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
You should not run two copies of rclone using the same VFS cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using --vfs-cache-mode > off. This can potentially cause data corruption if you do. You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy with --cache-dir. You don't need to worry about this if the remotes in use don't overlap.
--vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
- Files can't be opened for both read AND write
- Files opened for write can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
- Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
- Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disk. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
- Files opened for write only can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing intervals up to 1 minute.
--vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone will only buffer the start of the file. These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present in them.
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is otherwise identical to --vfs-cache-mode writes.
When reading a file rclone will read --buffer-size plus --vfs-read-ahead bytes ahead. The --buffer-size is buffered in memory whereas the --vfs-read-ahead is buffered on disk.
When using this mode it is recommended that --buffer-size is not set too large and --vfs-read-ahead is set large if required.
IMPORTANT not all file systems support sparse files. In particular FAT/exFAT do not. Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem which doesn't support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message if one is detected.
Fingerprinting
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy has changed relative to a remote file. Fingerprints are made from:
- size
- modification time
- hash
where available on an object.
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
For example hash is slow with the local and sftp backends as they have to read the entire file and hash it, and modtime is slow with the s3, swift, ftp and qinqstor backends because they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
If you use the --vfs-fast-fingerprint flag then rclone will not include the slow operations in the fingerprint. This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will improve the opening time of cached files.
If you are running a vfs cache over local, s3 or swift backends then using this flag is recommended.
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be downloaded again.
VFS Chunked Reading
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks. This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the chunk specified. This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an increased number of requests.
These flags control the chunking:
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix Max chunk doubling size (default off)
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size --vfs-read-chunk-size, and then double the size for each read. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is specified, and greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, the chunk size for each open file will get doubled only until the specified value is reached. If the value is "off", which is the default, the limit is disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
With --vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
Setting --vfs-read-chunk-size to 0 or "off" disables chunked reading.
VFS Performance
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for performance or other reasons. See also the chunked reading feature.
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the --no-modtime flag (or use --use-server-modtime for a slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a transaction.
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--read-only Only allow read-only access.
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order. Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence read or write to come in. These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
--vfs-read-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
When using VFS write caching (--vfs-cache-mode with value writes or full), the global flag --transfers can be set to adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache (the related global flag --checkers has no effect on the VFS).
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
VFS Case Sensitivity
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default.
The --vfs-case-insensitive VFS flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the remote as-is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on the command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on the remote. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by the underlying remote.
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false" otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
VFS Disk Options
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing system. It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly automatically.
--vfs-disk-space-total-size Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
Alternate report of used bytes
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used. If you need this information to be available when running df on the filesystem, then pass the flag --vfs-used-is-size to rclone. With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to rclone size and compute the total used space itself.
WARNING. Contrary to rclone size, this flag ignores filters so that the result is accurate. However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls resulting in extra charges. Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
rclone serve http remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr stringArray IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default [127.0.0.1:8080])
--baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root
--cert string TLS PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
--dir-cache-time Duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
-h, --help help for http
--htpasswd string A htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string TLS PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--min-tls-version string Minimum TLS version that is acceptable (default "tls1.0")
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files
--pass string Password for authentication
--poll-interval Duration Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
--read-only Only allow read-only access
--realm string Realm for authentication
--salt string Password hashing salt (default "dlPL2MqE")
--server-read-timeout Duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout Duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--template string User-specified template
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication
--vfs-cache-max-age Duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
--vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix Specify the total space of disk (default off)
--vfs-fast-fingerprint Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
--vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached ('off' is unlimited) (default off)
--vfs-read-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-used-is-size rclone size Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
--vfs-write-back Duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
--vfs-write-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
rclone serve restic
Serve the remote for restic's REST API.
Synopsis
Run a basic web server to serve a remote over restic's REST backend API over HTTP. This allows restic to use rclone as a data storage mechanism for cloud providers that restic does not support directly.
Restic is a command-line program for doing backups.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
--bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use --stats to control the stats printing.
Setting up rclone for use by restic
First set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider.
Once you have set up the remote, check it is working with, for example "rclone lsd remote:". You may have called the remote something other than "remote:" - just substitute whatever you called it in the following instructions.
Now start the rclone restic server
rclone serve restic -v remote:backup
Where you can replace "backup" in the above by whatever path in the remote you wish to use.
By default this will serve on "localhost:8080" you can change this with use of the --addr flag.
You might wish to start this server on boot.
Adding --cache-objects=false will cause rclone to stop caching objects returned from the List call. Caching is normally desirable as it speeds up downloading objects, saves transactions and uses very little memory.
Setting up restic to use rclone
Now you can follow the restic instructions on setting up restic.
Note that you will need restic 0.8.2 or later to interoperate with rclone.
For the example above you will want to use "http://localhost:8080/" as the URL for the REST server.
For example:
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/
$ export RESTIC_PASSWORD=yourpassword
$ restic init
created restic backend 8b1a4b56ae at rest:http://localhost:8080/
Please note that knowledge of your password is required to access
the repository. Losing your password means that your data is
irrecoverably lost.
$ restic backup /path/to/files/to/backup
scan [/path/to/files/to/backup]
scanned 189 directories, 312 files in 0:00
[0:00] 100.00% 38.128 MiB / 38.128 MiB 501 / 501 items 0 errors ETA 0:00
duration: 0:00
snapshot 45c8fdd8 saved
Multiple repositories
Note that you can use the endpoint to host multiple repositories. Do this by adding a directory name or path after the URL. Note that these must end with /. Eg
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user1repo/
# backup user1 stuff
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user2repo/
# backup user2 stuff
Private repositories
The--private-repos flag can be used to limit users to repositories starting with a path of //.
Server options
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
You can use a unix socket by setting the url to unix:///path/to/socket or just by using an absolute path name. Note that unix sockets bypass the authentication - this is expected to be done with file system permissions.
--addr may be repeated to listen on multiple IPs/ports/sockets.
--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.
--baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used --baseurl "/rclone" then rclone would serve from a URL starting with "/rclone/". This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing "/" on --baseurl, so --baseurl "rclone", --baseurl "/rclone" and --baseurl "/rclone/" are all treated identically.
TLS (SSL)
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply --client-ca also.
--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.
--min-tls-version is minimum TLS version that is acceptable. Valid values are "tls1.0", "tls1.1", "tls1.2" and "tls1.3" (default "tls1.0").
Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
Use --salt to change the password hashing salt from the default.
rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr stringArray IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default [127.0.0.1:8080])
--append-only Disallow deletion of repository data
--baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root
--cache-objects Cache listed objects (default true)
--cert string TLS PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-h, --help help for restic
--htpasswd string A htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string TLS PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--min-tls-version string Minimum TLS version that is acceptable (default "tls1.0")
--pass string Password for authentication
--private-repos Users can only access their private repo
--realm string Realm for authentication
--salt string Password hashing salt (default "dlPL2MqE")
--server-read-timeout Duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout Duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--stdio Run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout
--user string User name for authentication
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
rclone serve sftp
Serve the remote over SFTP.
Synopsis
Run an SFTP server to serve a remote over SFTP. This can be used with an SFTP client or you can make a remote of type sftp to use with it.
You can use the filter flags (e.g. --include, --exclude) to control what is served.
The server will respond to a small number of shell commands, mainly md5sum, sha1sum and df, which enable it to provide support for checksums and the about feature when accessed from an sftp remote.
Note that this server uses standard 32 KiB packet payload size, which means you must not configure the client to expect anything else, e.g. with the chunk_size option on an sftp remote.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
--bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use --stats to control the stats printing.
You must provide some means of authentication, either with --user/--pass, an authorized keys file (specify location with --authorized-keys - the default is the same as ssh), an --auth-proxy, or set the --no-auth flag for no authentication when logging in.
If you don't supply a host --key then rclone will generate rsa, ecdsa and ed25519 variants, and cache them for later use in rclone's cache directory (see rclone help flags cache-dir) in the "serve-sftp" directory.
By default the server binds to localhost:2022 - if you want it to be reachable externally then supply --addr :2022 for example.
Note that the default of --vfs-cache-mode off is fine for the rclone sftp backend, but it may not be with other SFTP clients.
If --stdio is specified, rclone will serve SFTP over stdio, which can be used with sshd via ~/.ssh/authorized_keys, for example:
restrict,command="rclone serve sftp --stdio ./photos" ssh-rsa ...
On the client you need to set --transfers 1 when using --stdio. Otherwise multiple instances of the rclone server are started by OpenSSH which can lead to "corrupted on transfer" errors. This is the case because the client chooses indiscriminately which server to send commands to while the servers all have different views of the state of the filing system.
The "restrict" in authorized_keys prevents SHA1SUMs and MD5SUMs from beeing used. Omitting "restrict" and using --sftp-path-override to enable checksumming is possible but less secure and you could use the SFTP server provided by OpenSSH in this case.
VFS - Virtual File System
This command uses the VFS layer. This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something which looks much more like a disk filing system.
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren't like disk files - you can't extend them or write to the middle of them, so the VFS layer has to deal with that. Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various options explained below.
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
VFS Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can control how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the cache.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the polling interval.
You can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
VFS File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one open file and won't be shared.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
VFS File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a normal file system. It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
For example you'll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed and if they haven't been accessed for --vfs-write-back seconds. If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven't been uploaded, these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
If using --vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every --vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
You should not run two copies of rclone using the same VFS cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using --vfs-cache-mode > off. This can potentially cause data corruption if you do. You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy with --cache-dir. You don't need to worry about this if the remotes in use don't overlap.
--vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
- Files can't be opened for both read AND write
- Files opened for write can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
- Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
- Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disk. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
- Files opened for write only can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing intervals up to 1 minute.
--vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone will only buffer the start of the file. These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present in them.
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is otherwise identical to --vfs-cache-mode writes.
When reading a file rclone will read --buffer-size plus --vfs-read-ahead bytes ahead. The --buffer-size is buffered in memory whereas the --vfs-read-ahead is buffered on disk.
When using this mode it is recommended that --buffer-size is not set too large and --vfs-read-ahead is set large if required.
IMPORTANT not all file systems support sparse files. In particular FAT/exFAT do not. Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem which doesn't support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message if one is detected.
Fingerprinting
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy has changed relative to a remote file. Fingerprints are made from:
- size
- modification time
- hash
where available on an object.
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
For example hash is slow with the local and sftp backends as they have to read the entire file and hash it, and modtime is slow with the s3, swift, ftp and qinqstor backends because they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
If you use the --vfs-fast-fingerprint flag then rclone will not include the slow operations in the fingerprint. This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will improve the opening time of cached files.
If you are running a vfs cache over local, s3 or swift backends then using this flag is recommended.
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be downloaded again.
VFS Chunked Reading
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks. This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the chunk specified. This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an increased number of requests.
These flags control the chunking:
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix Max chunk doubling size (default off)
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size --vfs-read-chunk-size, and then double the size for each read. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is specified, and greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, the chunk size for each open file will get doubled only until the specified value is reached. If the value is "off", which is the default, the limit is disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
With --vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
Setting --vfs-read-chunk-size to 0 or "off" disables chunked reading.
VFS Performance
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for performance or other reasons. See also the chunked reading feature.
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the --no-modtime flag (or use --use-server-modtime for a slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a transaction.
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--read-only Only allow read-only access.
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order. Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence read or write to come in. These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
--vfs-read-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
When using VFS write caching (--vfs-cache-mode with value writes or full), the global flag --transfers can be set to adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache (the related global flag --checkers has no effect on the VFS).
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
VFS Case Sensitivity
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default.
The --vfs-case-insensitive VFS flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the remote as-is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on the command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on the remote. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by the underlying remote.
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false" otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
VFS Disk Options
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing system. It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly automatically.
--vfs-disk-space-total-size Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
Alternate report of used bytes
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used. If you need this information to be available when running df on the filesystem, then pass the flag --vfs-used-is-size to rclone. With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to rclone size and compute the total used space itself.
WARNING. Contrary to rclone size, this flag ignores filters so that the result is accurate. However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls resulting in extra charges. Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
Auth Proxy
If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocol with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
PLEASE NOTE: --auth-proxy and --authorized-keys cannot be used together, if --auth-proxy is set the authorized keys option will be ignored.
There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py in the rclone source code.
The program's job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won't use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.
This config generated must have this extra parameter - _root - root to use for the backend
And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure
If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
{
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword"
}
If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
{
"user": "me",
"public_key": "AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf"
}
And as an example return this on STDOUT
{
"type": "sftp",
"_root": "",
"_obscure": "pass",
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword",
"host": "sftp.example.com"
}
This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the user and pass/public_key returned in the output to the host given. Note that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).
The program can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the user be [email protected] and then set the host to example.com in the output and the user to user. For security you'd probably want to restrict the host to a limited list.
Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for configuration, don't use pass or public_key. This also means that if a user's password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.
rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default "localhost:2022")
--auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth
--authorized-keys string Authorized keys file (default "~/.ssh/authorized_keys")
--dir-cache-time Duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
-h, --help help for sftp
--key stringArray SSH private host key file (Can be multi-valued, leave blank to auto generate)
--no-auth Allow connections with no authentication if set
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files
--pass string Password for authentication
--poll-interval Duration Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
--read-only Only allow read-only access
--stdio Run an sftp server on stdin/stdout
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication
--vfs-cache-max-age Duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
--vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix Specify the total space of disk (default off)
--vfs-fast-fingerprint Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
--vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached ('off' is unlimited) (default off)
--vfs-read-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-used-is-size rclone size Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
--vfs-write-back Duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
--vfs-write-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
rclone serve webdav
Serve remote:path over WebDAV.
Synopsis
Run a basic WebDAV server to serve a remote over HTTP via the WebDAV protocol. This can be viewed with a WebDAV client, through a web browser, or you can make a remote of type WebDAV to read and write it.
WebDAV options
--etag-hash
This controls the ETag header. Without this flag the ETag will be based on the ModTime and Size of the object.
If this flag is set to "auto" then rclone will choose the first supported hash on the backend or you can use a named hash such as "MD5" or "SHA-1". Use the hashsum command to see the full list.
Server options
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
You can use a unix socket by setting the url to unix:///path/to/socket or just by using an absolute path name. Note that unix sockets bypass the authentication - this is expected to be done with file system permissions.
--addr may be repeated to listen on multiple IPs/ports/sockets.
--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.
--baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used --baseurl "/rclone" then rclone would serve from a URL starting with "/rclone/". This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing "/" on --baseurl, so --baseurl "rclone", --baseurl "/rclone" and --baseurl "/rclone/" are all treated identically.
TLS (SSL)
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply --client-ca also.
--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.
--min-tls-version is minimum TLS version that is acceptable. Valid values are "tls1.0", "tls1.1", "tls1.2" and "tls1.3" (default "tls1.0").
Template
--template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for HTTP and WebDAV serve functions. The server exports the following markup to be used within the template to server pages:
Parameter Description
.Name The full path of a file/directory.
.Title Directory listing of .Name
.Sort The current sort used. This is changeable via ?sort= parameter
Sort Options:
namedirfirst,name,size,time
(default namedirfirst)
.Order The current ordering used. This is changeable via ?order= parameter
Order Options: asc,desc (default
asc)
.Query Currently unused.
.Breadcrumb Allows for creating a relative navigation
-- .Link The relative to the root link of the Text.
-- .Text The Name of the directory.
.Entries Information about a specific file/directory.
-- .URL The 'url' of an entry.
-- .Leaf Currently same as 'URL' but intended to be 'just' the name.
-- .IsDir Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.
-- .Size Size in Bytes of the entry.
Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
Use --salt to change the password hashing salt from the default.
VFS - Virtual File System
This command uses the VFS layer. This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something which looks much more like a disk filing system.
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren't like disk files - you can't extend them or write to the middle of them, so the VFS layer has to deal with that. Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various options explained below.
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
VFS Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can control how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the cache.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the polling interval.
You can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
VFS File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one open file and won't be shared.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
VFS File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a normal file system. It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
For example you'll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed and if they haven't been accessed for --vfs-write-back seconds. If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven't been uploaded, these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
If using --vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every --vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
You should not run two copies of rclone using the same VFS cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using --vfs-cache-mode > off. This can potentially cause data corruption if you do. You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy with --cache-dir. You don't need to worry about this if the remotes in use don't overlap.
--vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
- Files can't be opened for both read AND write
- Files opened for write can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
- Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
- Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disk. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
- Files opened for write only can't be seeked
- Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
- Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
- If an upload fails it can't be retried
--vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing intervals up to 1 minute.
--vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone will only buffer the start of the file. These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present in them.
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is otherwise identical to --vfs-cache-mode writes.
When reading a file rclone will read --buffer-size plus --vfs-read-ahead bytes ahead. The --buffer-size is buffered in memory whereas the --vfs-read-ahead is buffered on disk.
When using this mode it is recommended that --buffer-size is not set too large and --vfs-read-ahead is set large if required.
IMPORTANT not all file systems support sparse files. In particular FAT/exFAT do not. Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem which doesn't support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message if one is detected.
Fingerprinting
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy has changed relative to a remote file. Fingerprints are made from:
- size
- modification time
- hash
where available on an object.
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
For example hash is slow with the local and sftp backends as they have to read the entire file and hash it, and modtime is slow with the s3, swift, ftp and qinqstor backends because they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
If you use the --vfs-fast-fingerprint flag then rclone will not include the slow operations in the fingerprint. This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will improve the opening time of cached files.
If you are running a vfs cache over local, s3 or swift backends then using this flag is recommended.
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be downloaded again.
VFS Chunked Reading
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks. This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the chunk specified. This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an increased number of requests.
These flags control the chunking:
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix Max chunk doubling size (default off)
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size --vfs-read-chunk-size, and then double the size for each read. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is specified, and greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, the chunk size for each open file will get doubled only until the specified value is reached. If the value is "off", which is the default, the limit is disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
With --vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on. When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
Setting --vfs-read-chunk-size to 0 or "off" disables chunked reading.
VFS Performance
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for performance or other reasons. See also the chunked reading feature.
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the --no-modtime flag (or use --use-server-modtime for a slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a transaction.
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--read-only Only allow read-only access.
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order. Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence read or write to come in. These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
--vfs-read-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
When using VFS write caching (--vfs-cache-mode with value writes or full), the global flag --transfers can be set to adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache (the related global flag --checkers has no effect on the VFS).
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
VFS Case Sensitivity
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default.
The --vfs-case-insensitive VFS flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the remote as-is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on the command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on the remote. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by the underlying remote.
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false" otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
VFS Disk Options
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing system. It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly automatically.
--vfs-disk-space-total-size Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
Alternate report of used bytes
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used. If you need this information to be available when running df on the filesystem, then pass the flag --vfs-used-is-size to rclone. With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to rclone size and compute the total used space itself.
WARNING. Contrary to rclone size, this flag ignores filters so that the result is accurate. However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls resulting in extra charges. Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
Auth Proxy
If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocol with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
PLEASE NOTE: --auth-proxy and --authorized-keys cannot be used together, if --auth-proxy is set the authorized keys option will be ignored.
There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py in the rclone source code.
The program's job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won't use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.
This config generated must have this extra parameter - _root - root to use for the backend
And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure
If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
{
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword"
}
If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
{
"user": "me",
"public_key": "AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf"
}
And as an example return this on STDOUT
{
"type": "sftp",
"_root": "",
"_obscure": "pass",
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword",
"host": "sftp.example.com"
}
This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the user and pass/public_key returned in the output to the host given. Note that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).
The program can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the user be [email protected] and then set the host to example.com in the output and the user to user. For security you'd probably want to restrict the host to a limited list.
Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for configuration, don't use pass or public_key. This also means that if a user's password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.
rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr stringArray IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default [127.0.0.1:8080])
--auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth
--baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root
--cert string TLS PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
--dir-cache-time Duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--disable-dir-list Disable HTML directory list on GET request for a directory
--etag-hash string Which hash to use for the ETag, or auto or blank for off
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
-h, --help help for webdav
--htpasswd string A htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string TLS PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--min-tls-version string Minimum TLS version that is acceptable (default "tls1.0")
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files
--pass string Password for authentication
--poll-interval Duration Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
--read-only Only allow read-only access
--realm string Realm for authentication
--salt string Password hashing salt (default "dlPL2MqE")
--server-read-timeout Duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout Duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--template string User-specified template
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication
--vfs-cache-max-age Duration Max age of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
--vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix Specify the total space of disk (default off)
--vfs-fast-fingerprint Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
--vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached ('off' is unlimited) (default off)
--vfs-read-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-used-is-size rclone size Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
--vfs-write-back Duration Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
--vfs-write-wait Duration Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
rclone settier
Changes storage class/tier of objects in remote.
Synopsis
rclone settier changes storage tier or class at remote if supported. Few cloud storage services provides different storage classes on objects, for example AWS S3 and Glacier, Azure Blob storage - Hot, Cool and Archive, Google Cloud Storage, Regional Storage, Nearline, Coldline etc.
Note that, certain tier changes make objects not available to access immediately. For example tiering to archive in azure blob storage makes objects in frozen state, user can restore by setting tier to Hot/Cool, similarly S3 to Glacier makes object inaccessible.true
You can use it to tier single object
rclone settier Cool remote:path/file
Or use rclone filters to set tier on only specific files
rclone --include "*.txt" settier Hot remote:path/dir
Or just provide remote directory and all files in directory will be tiered
rclone settier tier remote:path/dir
rclone settier tier remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for settier
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone test
Run a test command
Synopsis
Rclone test is used to run test commands.
Select which test comand you want with the subcommand, eg
rclone test memory remote:
Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.
NB Be careful running these commands, they may do strange things so reading their documentation first is recommended.
Options
-h, --help help for test
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
- rclone test changenotify - Log any change notify requests for the remote passed in.
- rclone test histogram - Makes a histogram of file name characters.
- rclone test info - Discovers file name or other limitations for paths.
- rclone test makefile - Make files with random contents of the size given
- rclone test makefiles - Make a random file hierarchy in a directory
- rclone test memory - Load all the objects at remote:path into memory and report memory stats.
rclone test changenotify
Log any change notify requests for the remote passed in.
rclone test changenotify remote: [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for changenotify
--poll-interval Duration Time to wait between polling for changes (default 10s)
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone test - Run a test command
rclone test histogram
Makes a histogram of file name characters.
Synopsis
This command outputs JSON which shows the histogram of characters used in filenames in the remote:path specified.
The data doesn't contain any identifying information but is useful for the rclone developers when developing filename compression.
rclone test histogram [remote:path] [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for histogram
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone test - Run a test command
rclone test info
Discovers file name or other limitations for paths.
Synopsis
rclone info discovers what filenames and upload methods are possible to write to the paths passed in and how long they can be. It can take some time. It will write test files into the remote:path passed in. It outputs a bit of go code for each one.
NB this can create undeletable files and other hazards - use with care
rclone test info [remote:path]+ [flags]
Options
--all Run all tests
--check-control Check control characters
--check-length Check max filename length
--check-normalization Check UTF-8 Normalization
--check-streaming Check uploads with indeterminate file size
-h, --help help for info
--upload-wait Duration Wait after writing a file (default 0s)
--write-json string Write results to file
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone test - Run a test command
rclone test makefile
Make files with random contents of the size given
rclone test makefile <size> [<file>]+ [flags]
Options
--ascii Fill files with random ASCII printable bytes only
--chargen Fill files with a ASCII chargen pattern
-h, --help help for makefile
--pattern Fill files with a periodic pattern
--seed int Seed for the random number generator (0 for random) (default 1)
--sparse Make the files sparse (appear to be filled with ASCII 0x00)
--zero Fill files with ASCII 0x00
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone test - Run a test command
rclone test makefiles
Make a random file hierarchy in a directory
rclone test makefiles <dir> [flags]
Options
--ascii Fill files with random ASCII printable bytes only
--chargen Fill files with a ASCII chargen pattern
--files int Number of files to create (default 1000)
--files-per-directory int Average number of files per directory (default 10)
-h, --help help for makefiles
--max-depth int Maximum depth of directory hierarchy (default 10)
--max-file-size SizeSuffix Maximum size of files to create (default 100)
--max-name-length int Maximum size of file names (default 12)
--min-file-size SizeSuffix Minimum size of file to create
--min-name-length int Minimum size of file names (default 4)
--pattern Fill files with a periodic pattern
--seed int Seed for the random number generator (0 for random) (default 1)
--sparse Make the files sparse (appear to be filled with ASCII 0x00)
--zero Fill files with ASCII 0x00
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone test - Run a test command
rclone test memory
Load all the objects at remote:path into memory and report memory stats.
rclone test memory remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for memory
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone test - Run a test command
rclone touch
Create new file or change file modification time.
Synopsis
Set the modification time on file(s) as specified by remote:path to have the current time.
If remote:path does not exist then a zero sized file will be created, unless --no-create or --recursive is provided.
If --recursive is used then recursively sets the modification time on all existing files that is found under the path. Filters are supported, and you can test with the --dry-run or the --interactive flag.
If --timestamp is used then sets the modification time to that time instead of the current time. Times may be specified as one of:
- 'YYMMDD' - e.g. 17.10.30
- 'YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS' - e.g. 2006-01-02T15:04:05
- 'YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS' - e.g. 2006-01-02T15:04:05.123456789
Note that value of --timestamp is in UTC. If you want local time then add the --localtime flag.
rclone touch remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for touch
--localtime Use localtime for timestamp, not UTC
-C, --no-create Do not create the file if it does not exist (implied with --recursive)
-R, --recursive Recursively touch all files
-t, --timestamp string Use specified time instead of the current time of day
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
rclone tree
List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
Synopsis
rclone tree lists the contents of a remote in a similar way to the unix tree command.
For example
$ rclone tree remote:path
/
โโโ file1
โโโ file2
โโโ file3
โโโ subdir
โโโ file4
โโโ file5
1 directories, 5 files
You can use any of the filtering options with the tree command (e.g. --include and --exclude. You can also use --fast-list.
The tree command has many options for controlling the listing which are compatible with the tree command, for example you can include file sizes with --size. Note that not all of them have short options as they conflict with rclone's short options.
For a more interactive navigation of the remote see the ncdu command.
rclone tree remote:path [flags]
Options
-a, --all All files are listed (list . files too)
-d, --dirs-only List directories only
--dirsfirst List directories before files (-U disables)
--full-path Print the full path prefix for each file
-h, --help help for tree
--level int Descend only level directories deep
-D, --modtime Print the date of last modification.
--noindent Don't print indentation lines
--noreport Turn off file/directory count at end of tree listing
-o, --output string Output to file instead of stdout
-p, --protections Print the protections for each file.
-Q, --quote Quote filenames with double quotes.
-s, --size Print the size in bytes of each file.
--sort string Select sort: name,version,size,mtime,ctime
--sort-ctime Sort files by last status change time
-t, --sort-modtime Sort files by last modification time
-r, --sort-reverse Reverse the order of the sort
-U, --unsorted Leave files unsorted
--version Sort files alphanumerically by version
See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
- rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
Copying single files
rclone normally syncs or copies directories. However, if the source remote points to a file, rclone will just copy that file. The destination remote must point to a directory - rclone will give the error Failed to create file system for "remote:file": is a file not a directory if it isn't.
For example, suppose you have a remote with a file in called test.jpg, then you could copy just that file like this
rclone copy remote:test.jpg /tmp/download
The file test.jpg will be placed inside /tmp/download.
This is equivalent to specifying
rclone copy --files-from /tmp/files remote: /tmp/download
Where /tmp/files contains the single line
test.jpg
It is recommended to use copy when copying individual files, not sync. They have pretty much the same effect but copy will use a lot less memory.
Syntax of remote paths
The syntax of the paths passed to the rclone command are as follows.
/path/to/dir
This refers to the local file system.
On Windows \ may be used instead of / in local paths only, non local paths must use /. See local filesystem documentation for more about Windows-specific paths.
These paths needn't start with a leading / - if they don't then they will be relative to the current directory.
remote:path/to/dir
This refers to a directory path/to/dir on remote: as defined in the config file (configured with rclone config).
remote:/path/to/dir
On most backends this is refers to the same directory as remote:path/to/dir and that format should be preferred. On a very small number of remotes (FTP, SFTP, Dropbox for business) this will refer to a different directory. On these, paths without a leading / will refer to your "home" directory and paths with a leading / will refer to the root.
:backend:path/to/dir
This is an advanced form for creating remotes on the fly. backend should be the name or prefix of a backend (the type in the config file) and all the configuration for the backend should be provided on the command line (or in environment variables).
Here are some examples:
rclone lsd --http-url https://pub.rclone.org :http:
To list all the directories in the root of https://pub.rclone.org/.
rclone lsf --http-url https://example.com :http:path/to/dir
To list files and directories in https://example.com/path/to/dir/
rclone copy --http-url https://example.com :http:path/to/dir /tmp/dir
To copy files and directories in https://example.com/path/to/dir to /tmp/dir.
rclone copy --sftp-host example.com :sftp:path/to/dir /tmp/dir
To copy files and directories from example.com in the relative directory path/to/dir to /tmp/dir using sftp.
Connection strings
The above examples can also be written using a connection string syntax, so instead of providing the arguments as command line parameters --http-url https://pub.rclone.org they are provided as part of the remote specification as a kind of connection string.
rclone lsd ":http,url='https://pub.rclone.org':"
rclone lsf ":http,url='https://example.com':path/to/dir"
rclone copy ":http,url='https://example.com':path/to/dir" /tmp/dir
rclone copy :sftp,host=example.com:path/to/dir /tmp/dir
These can apply to modify existing remotes as well as create new remotes with the on the fly syntax. This example is equivalent to adding the --drive-shared-with-me parameter to the remote gdrive:.
rclone lsf "gdrive,shared_with_me:path/to/dir"
The major advantage to using the connection string style syntax is that it only applies to the remote, not to all the remotes of that type of the command line. A common confusion is this attempt to copy a file shared on google drive to the normal drive which does not work because the --drive-shared-with-me flag applies to both the source and the destination.
rclone copy --drive-shared-with-me gdrive:shared-file.txt gdrive:
However using the connection string syntax, this does work.
rclone copy "gdrive,shared_with_me:shared-file.txt" gdrive:
Note that the connection string only affects the options of the immediate backend. If for example gdriveCrypt is a crypt based on gdrive, then the following command will not work as intended, because shared_with_me is ignored by the crypt backend:
rclone copy "gdriveCrypt,shared_with_me:shared-file.txt" gdriveCrypt:
The connection strings have the following syntax
remote,parameter=value,parameter2=value2:path/to/dir
:backend,parameter=value,parameter2=value2:path/to/dir
If the parameter has a : or , then it must be placed in quotes " or ', so
remote,parameter="colon:value",parameter2="comma,value":path/to/dir
:backend,parameter='colon:value',parameter2='comma,value':path/to/dir
If a quoted value needs to include that quote, then it should be doubled, so
remote,parameter="with""quote",parameter2='with''quote':path/to/dir
This will make parameter be with"quote and parameter2 be with'quote.
If you leave off the =parameter then rclone will substitute =true which works very well with flags. For example, to use s3 configured in the environment you could use:
rclone lsd :s3,env_auth:
Which is equivalent to
rclone lsd :s3,env_auth=true:
Note that on the command line you might need to surround these connection strings with " or ' to stop the shell interpreting any special characters within them.
If you are a shell master then you'll know which strings are OK and which aren't, but if you aren't sure then enclose them in " and use ' as the inside quote. This syntax works on all OSes.
rclone copy ":http,url='https://example.com':path/to/dir" /tmp/dir
On Linux/macOS some characters are still interpreted inside " strings in the shell (notably \ and $ and ") so if your strings contain those you can swap the roles of " and ' thus. (This syntax does not work on Windows.)
rclone copy ':http,url="https://example.com":path/to/dir' /tmp/dir
Connection strings, config and logging
If you supply extra configuration to a backend by command line flag, environment variable or connection string then rclone will add a suffix based on the hash of the config to the name of the remote, eg
rclone -vv lsf --s3-chunk-size 20M s3:
Has the log message
DEBUG : s3: detected overridden config - adding "{Srj1p}" suffix to name
This is so rclone can tell the modified remote apart from the unmodified remote when caching the backends.
This should only be noticeable in the logs.
This means that on the fly backends such as
rclone -vv lsf :s3,env_auth:
Will get their own names
DEBUG : :s3: detected overridden config - adding "{YTu53}" suffix to name
Valid remote names
Remote names are case sensitive, and must adhere to the following rules:
- May contain number, letter, _, -, . and space. - May not start with - or space. - May not end with space.
Starting with rclone version 1.61, any Unicode numbers and letters are allowed, while in older versions it was limited to plain ASCII (0-9, A-Z, a-z). If you use the same rclone configuration from different shells, which may be configured with different character encoding, you must be cautious to use characters that are possible to write in all of them. This is mostly a problem on Windows, where the console traditionally uses a non-Unicode character set - defined by the so-called "code page".
Quoting and the shell
When you are typing commands to your computer you are using something called the command line shell. This interprets various characters in an OS specific way.
Here are some gotchas which may help users unfamiliar with the shell rules
Linux / OSX
If your names have spaces or shell metacharacters (e.g. *, ?, $, ', ", etc.) then you must quote them. Use single quotes ' by default.
rclone copy 'Important files?' remote:backup
If you want to send a ' you will need to use ", e.g.
rclone copy "O'Reilly Reviews" remote:backup
The rules for quoting metacharacters are complicated and if you want the full details you'll have to consult the manual page for your shell.
Windows
If your names have spaces in you need to put them in ", e.g.
rclone copy "E:\folder name\folder name\folder name" remote:backup
If you are using the root directory on its own then don't quote it (see #464 for why), e.g.
rclone copy E:\ remote:backup
Copying files or directories with : in the names
rclone uses : to mark a remote name. This is, however, a valid filename component in non-Windows OSes. The remote name parser will only search for a : up to the first / so if you need to act on a file or directory like this then use the full path starting with a /, or use ./ as a current directory prefix.
So to sync a directory called sync:me to a remote called remote: use
rclone sync -i ./sync:me remote:path
or
rclone sync -i /full/path/to/sync:me remote:path
Server Side Copy
Most remotes (but not all - see the overview) support server-side copy.
This means if you want to copy one folder to another then rclone won't download all the files and re-upload them; it will instruct the server to copy them in place.
Eg
rclone copy s3:oldbucket s3:newbucket
Will copy the contents of oldbucket to newbucket without downloading and re-uploading.
Remotes which don't support server-side copy will download and re-upload in this case.
Server side copies are used with sync and copy and will be identified in the log when using the -v flag. The move command may also use them if remote doesn't support server-side move directly. This is done by issuing a server-side copy then a delete which is much quicker than a download and re-upload.
Server side copies will only be attempted if the remote names are the same.
This can be used when scripting to make aged backups efficiently, e.g.
rclone sync -i remote:current-backup remote:previous-backup
rclone sync -i /path/to/files remote:current-backup
Metadata support
Metadata is data about a file which isn't the contents of the file. Normally rclone only preserves the modification time and the content (MIME) type where possible.
Rclone supports preserving all the available metadata on files (not directories) when using the --metadata or -M flag.
Exactly what metadata is supported and what that support means depends on the backend. Backends that support metadata have a metadata section in their docs and are listed in the features table (Eg local, s3)
Rclone only supports a one-time sync of metadata. This means that metadata will be synced from the source object to the destination object only when the source object has changed and needs to be re-uploaded. If the metadata subsequently changes on the source object without changing the object itself then it won't be synced to the destination object. This is in line with the way rclone syncs Content-Type without the --metadata flag.
Using --metadata when syncing from local to local will preserve file attributes such as file mode, owner, extended attributes (not Windows).
Note that arbitrary metadata may be added to objects using the --metadata-set key=value flag when the object is first uploaded. This flag can be repeated as many times as necessary.
Types of metadata
Metadata is divided into two type. System metadata and User metadata.
Metadata which the backend uses itself is called system metadata. For example on the local backend the system metadata uid will store the user ID of the file when used on a unix based platform.
Arbitrary metadata is called user metadata and this can be set however is desired.
When objects are copied from backend to backend, they will attempt to interpret system metadata if it is supplied. Metadata may change from being user metadata to system metadata as objects are copied between different backends. For example copying an object from s3 sets the content-type metadata. In a backend which understands this (like azureblob) this will become the Content-Type of the object. In a backend which doesn't understand this (like the local backend) this will become user metadata. However should the local object be copied back to s3, the Content-Type will be set correctly.
Metadata framework
Rclone implements a metadata framework which can read metadata from an object and write it to the object when (and only when) it is being uploaded.
This metadata is stored as a dictionary with string keys and string values.
There are some limits on the names of the keys (these may be clarified further in the future).
- must be lower case
- may be a-z 0-9 containing . - or _
- length is backend dependent
Each backend can provide system metadata that it understands. Some backends can also store arbitrary user metadata.
Where possible the key names are standardized, so, for example, it is possible to copy object metadata from s3 to azureblob for example and metadata will be translated appropriately.
Some backends have limits on the size of the metadata and rclone will give errors on upload if they are exceeded.
Metadata preservation
The goal of the implementation is to
- Preserve metadata if at all possible
- Interpret metadata if at all possible
The consequences of 1 is that you can copy an S3 object to a local disk then back to S3 losslessly. Likewise you can copy a local file with file attributes and xattrs from local disk to s3 and back again losslessly.
The consequence of 2 is that you can copy an S3 object with metadata to Azureblob (say) and have the metadata appear on the Azureblob object also.
Standard system metadata
Here is a table of standard system metadata which, if appropriate, a backend may implement.
key description example
mode File type and mode: 0100664 octal, unix style
uid User ID of owner: 500 decimal number
gid Group ID of owner: 500 decimal number
rdev Device ID (if special 0 file) => hexadecimal
atime Time of last access: 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00 RFC 3339
mtime Time of last 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00
modification: RFC
3339
btime Time of file creation 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00 (birth): RFC 3339
cache-control Cache-Control header no-cache
content-disposition Content-Disposition inline header
content-encoding Content-Encoding gzip header
content-language Content-Language en-US header
The metadata keys mtime and content-type will take precedence if supplied in the metadata over reading the Content-Type or modification time of the source object.
Hashes are not included in system metadata as there is a well defined way of reading those already.
Options
Rclone has a number of options to control its behaviour.
Options that take parameters can have the values passed in two ways, --option=value or --option value. However boolean (true/false) options behave slightly differently to the other options in that --boolean sets the option to true and the absence of the flag sets it to false. It is also possible to specify --boolean=false or --boolean=true. Note that --boolean false is not valid - this is parsed as --boolean and the false is parsed as an extra command line argument for rclone.
Time or duration options
TIME or DURATION options can be specified as a duration string or a time string.
A duration string is a possibly signed sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms", "-1.5h" or "2h45m". Default units are seconds or the following abbreviations are valid:
- ms - Milliseconds
- s - Seconds
- m - Minutes
- h - Hours
- d - Days
- w - Weeks
- M - Months
- y - Years
These can also be specified as an absolute time in the following formats:
- RFC3339 - e.g. 2006-01-02T15:04:05Z or 2006-01-02T15:04:05+07:00
- ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone - 2006-01-02T15:04:05
- ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone - 2006-01-02 15:04:05
- ISO8601 Date - 2006-01-02 (YYYY-MM-DD)
Size options
Options which use SIZE use KiB (multiples of 1024 bytes) by default. However, a suffix of B for Byte, K for KiB, M for MiB, G for GiB, T for TiB and P for PiB may be used. These are the binary units, e.g. 1, 210, 220, 2**30 respectively.
--backup-dir=DIR
When using sync, copy or move any files which would have been overwritten or deleted are moved in their original hierarchy into this directory.
If --suffix is set, then the moved files will have the suffix added to them. If there is a file with the same path (after the suffix has been added) in DIR, then it will be overwritten.
The remote in use must support server-side move or copy and you must use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The backup directory must not overlap the destination directory without it being excluded by a filter rule.
For example
rclone sync -i /path/to/local remote:current --backup-dir remote:old
will sync /path/to/local to remote:current, but for any files which would have been updated or deleted will be stored in remote:old.
If running rclone from a script you might want to use today's date as the directory name passed to --backup-dir to store the old files, or you might want to pass --suffix with today's date.
See --compare-dest and --copy-dest.
--bind string
Local address to bind to for outgoing connections. This can be an IPv4 address (1.2.3.4), an IPv6 address (1234::789A) or host name. If the host name doesn't resolve or resolves to more than one IP address it will give an error.
--bwlimit=BANDWIDTH_SPEC
This option controls the bandwidth limit. For example
--bwlimit 10M
would mean limit the upload and download bandwidth to 10 MiB/s. NB this is bytes per second not bits per second. To use a single limit, specify the desired bandwidth in KiB/s, or use a suffix B|K|M|G|T|P. The default is 0 which means to not limit bandwidth.
The upload and download bandwidth can be specified separately, as --bwlimit UP:DOWN, so
--bwlimit 10M:100k
would mean limit the upload bandwidth to 10 MiB/s and the download bandwidth to 100 KiB/s. Either limit can be "off" meaning no limit, so to just limit the upload bandwidth you would use
--bwlimit 10M:off
this would limit the upload bandwidth to 10 MiB/s but the download bandwidth would be unlimited.
When specified as above the bandwidth limits last for the duration of run of the rclone binary.
It is also possible to specify a "timetable" of limits, which will cause certain limits to be applied at certain times. To specify a timetable, format your entries as WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH... where: WEEKDAY is optional element.
- BANDWIDTH can be a single number, e.g.100k or a pair of numbers for upload:download, e.g.10M:1M.
- WEEKDAY can be written as the whole word or only using the first 3 characters. It is optional.
- HH:MM is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.
An example of a typical timetable to avoid link saturation during daytime working hours could be:
--bwlimit "08:00,512k 12:00,10M 13:00,512k 18:00,30M 23:00,off"
In this example, the transfer bandwidth will be set to 512 KiB/s at 8am every day. At noon, it will rise to 10 MiB/s, and drop back to 512 KiB/sec at 1pm. At 6pm, the bandwidth limit will be set to 30 MiB/s, and at 11pm it will be completely disabled (full speed). Anything between 11pm and 8am will remain unlimited.
An example of timetable with WEEKDAY could be:
--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 Fri-23:59,10M Sat-10:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"
It means that, the transfer bandwidth will be set to 512 KiB/s on Monday. It will rise to 10 MiB/s before the end of Friday. At 10:00 on Saturday it will be set to 1 MiB/s. From 20:00 on Sunday it will be unlimited.
Timeslots without WEEKDAY are extended to the whole week. So this example:
--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"
Is equivalent to this:
--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512Mon-12:00,1M Tue-12:00,1M Wed-12:00,1M Thu-12:00,1M Fri-12:00,1M Sat-12:00,1M Sun-12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"
Bandwidth limit apply to the data transfer for all backends. For most backends the directory listing bandwidth is also included (exceptions being the non HTTP backends, ftp, sftp and storj).
Note that the units are Byte/s, not bit/s. Typically connections are measured in bit/s - to convert divide by 8. For example, let's say you have a 10 Mbit/s connection and you wish rclone to use half of it - 5 Mbit/s. This is 5/8 = 0.625 MiB/s so you would use a --bwlimit 0.625M parameter for rclone.
On Unix systems (Linux, macOS, โฆ) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled by sending a SIGUSR2 signal to rclone. This allows to remove the limitations of a long running rclone transfer and to restore it back to the value specified with --bwlimit quickly when needed. Assuming there is only one rclone instance running, you can toggle the limiter like this:
kill -SIGUSR2 $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use change the bwlimit dynamically:
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
--bwlimit-file=BANDWIDTH_SPEC
This option controls per file bandwidth limit. For the options see the --bwlimit flag.
For example use this to allow no transfers to be faster than 1 MiB/s
--bwlimit-file 1M
This can be used in conjunction with --bwlimit.
Note that if a schedule is provided the file will use the schedule in effect at the start of the transfer.
--buffer-size=SIZE
Use this sized buffer to speed up file transfers. Each --transfer will use this much memory for buffering.
When using mount or cmount each open file descriptor will use this much memory for buffering. See the mount documentation for more details.
Set to 0 to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.
Note that the memory allocation of the buffers is influenced by the --use-mmap flag.
--cache-dir=DIR
Specify the directory rclone will use for caching, to override the default.
Default value is depending on operating system: - Windows %LocalAppData%\rclone, if LocalAppData is defined. - macOS $HOME/Library/Caches/rclone if HOME is defined. - Unix $XDG_CACHE_HOME/rclone if XDG_CACHE_HOME is defined, else $HOME/.cache/rclone if HOME is defined. - Fallback (on all OS) to $TMPDIR/rclone, where TMPDIR is the value from --temp-dir.
You can use the config paths command to see the current value.
Cache directory is heavily used by the VFS File Caching mount feature, but also by serve, GUI and other parts of rclone.
--check-first
If this flag is set then in a sync, copy or move, rclone will do all the checks to see whether files need to be transferred before doing any of the transfers. Normally rclone would start running transfers as soon as possible.
This flag can be useful on IO limited systems where transfers interfere with checking.
It can also be useful to ensure perfect ordering when using --order-by.
Using this flag can use more memory as it effectively sets --max-backlog to infinite. This means that all the info on the objects to transfer is held in memory before the transfers start.
--checkers=N
Originally controlling just the number of file checkers to run in parallel, e.g. by rclone copy. Now a fairly universal parallelism control used by rclone in several places.
Note: checkers do the equality checking of files during a sync. For some storage systems (e.g. S3, Swift, Dropbox) this can take a significant amount of time so they are run in parallel.
The default is to run 8 checkers in parallel. However, in case of slow-reacting backends you may need to lower (rather than increase) this default by setting --checkers to 4 or less threads. This is especially advised if you are experiencing backend server crashes during file checking phase (e.g. on subsequent or top-up backups where little or no file copying is done and checking takes up most of the time). Increase this setting only with utmost care, while monitoring your server health and file checking throughput.
-c, --checksum
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check the file hash and size to determine if files are equal.
This is useful when the remote doesn't support setting modified time and a more accurate sync is desired than just checking the file size.
This is very useful when transferring between remotes which store the same hash type on the object, e.g. Drive and Swift. For details of which remotes support which hash type see the table in the overview section.
Eg rclone --checksum sync s3:/bucket swift:/bucket would run much quicker than without the --checksum flag.
When using this flag, rclone won't update mtimes of remote files if they are incorrect as it would normally.
--color WHEN
Specifiy when colors (and other ANSI codes) should be added to the output.
AUTO (default) only allows ANSI codes when the output is a terminal
NEVER never allow ANSI codes
ALWAYS always add ANSI codes, regardless of the output format (terminal or file)
--compare-dest=DIR
When using sync, copy or move DIR is checked in addition to the destination for files. If a file identical to the source is found that file is NOT copied from source. This is useful to copy just files that have changed since the last backup.
You must use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The compare directory must not overlap the destination directory.
See --copy-dest and --backup-dir.
--config=CONFIG_FILE
Specify the location of the rclone configuration file, to override the default. E.g. rclone config --config="rclone.conf".
The exact default is a bit complex to describe, due to changes introduced through different versions of rclone while preserving backwards compatibility, but in most cases it is as simple as:
- %APPDATA%/rclone/rclone.conf on Windows
- ~/.config/rclone/rclone.conf on other
The complete logic is as follows: Rclone will look for an existing configuration file in any of the following locations, in priority order:
- rclone.conf (in program directory, where rclone executable is)
- %APPDATA%/rclone/rclone.conf (only on Windows)
- $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/rclone/rclone.conf (on all systems, including Windows)
- ~/.config/rclone/rclone.conf (see below for explanation of ~ symbol)
- ~/.rclone.conf
If no existing configuration file is found, then a new one will be created in the following location:
- On Windows: Location 2 listed above, except in the unlikely event that APPDATA is not defined, then location 4 is used instead.
- On Unix: Location 3 if XDG_CONFIG_HOME is defined, else location 4.
- Fallback to location 5 (on all OS), when the rclone directory cannot be created, but if also a home directory was not found then path .rclone.conf relative to current working directory will be used as a final resort.
The ~ symbol in paths above represent the home directory of the current user on any OS, and the value is defined as following:
- On Windows: %HOME% if defined, else %USERPROFILE%, or else %HOMEDRIVE%%HOMEPATH%.
- On Unix: $HOME if defined, else by looking up current user in OS-specific user database (e.g. passwd file), or else use the result from shell command cd && pwd.
If you run rclone config file you will see where the default location is for you.
The fact that an existing file rclone.conf in the same directory as the rclone executable is always preferred, means that it is easy to run in "portable" mode by downloading rclone executable to a writable directory and then create an empty file rclone.conf in the same directory.
If the location is set to empty string "" or path to a file with name notfound, or the os null device represented by value NUL on Windows and /dev/null on Unix systems, then rclone will keep the config file in memory only.
The file format is basic INI: Sections of text, led by a [section] header and followed by key=value entries on separate lines. In rclone each remote is represented by its own section, where the section name defines the name of the remote. Options are specified as the key=value entries, where the key is the option name without the --backend- prefix, in lowercase and with _ instead of -. E.g. option --mega-hard-delete corresponds to key hard_delete. Only backend options can be specified. A special, and required, key type identifies the storage system, where the value is the internal lowercase name as returned by command rclone help backends. Comments are indicated by ; or # at the beginning of a line.
Example:
[megaremote]
type = mega
user = [email protected]
pass = PDPcQVVjVtzFY-GTdDFozqBhTdsPg3qH
Note that passwords are in obscured form. Also, many storage systems uses token-based authentication instead of passwords, and this requires additional steps. It is easier, and safer, to use the interactive command rclone config instead of manually editing the configuration file.
The configuration file will typically contain login information, and should therefore have restricted permissions so that only the current user can read it. Rclone tries to ensure this when it writes the file. You may also choose to encrypt the file.
When token-based authentication are used, the configuration file must be writable, because rclone needs to update the tokens inside it.
--contimeout=TIME
Set the connection timeout. This should be in go time format which looks like 5s for 5 seconds, 10m for 10 minutes, or 3h30m.
The connection timeout is the amount of time rclone will wait for a connection to go through to a remote object storage system. It is 1m by default.
--copy-dest=DIR
When using sync, copy or move DIR is checked in addition to the destination for files. If a file identical to the source is found that file is server-side copied from DIR to the destination. This is useful for incremental backup.
The remote in use must support server-side copy and you must use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The compare directory must not overlap the destination directory.
See --compare-dest and --backup-dir.
--dedupe-mode MODE
Mode to run dedupe command in. One of interactive, skip, first, newest, oldest, rename. The default is interactive. See the dedupe command for more information as to what these options mean.
--disable FEATURE,FEATURE,...
This disables a comma separated list of optional features. For example to disable server-side move and server-side copy use:
--disable move,copy
The features can be put in any case.
To see a list of which features can be disabled use:
--disable help
See the overview features and optional features to get an idea of which feature does what.
This flag can be useful for debugging and in exceptional circumstances (e.g. Google Drive limiting the total volume of Server Side Copies to 100 GiB/day).
--disable-http2
This stops rclone from trying to use HTTP/2 if available. This can sometimes speed up transfers due to a problem in the Go standard library.
--dscp VALUE
Specify a DSCP value or name to use in connections. This could help QoS system to identify traffic class. BE, EF, DF, LE, CSx and AFxx are allowed.
See the description of differentiated services to get an idea of this field. Setting this to 1 (LE) to identify the flow to SCAVENGER class can avoid occupying too much bandwidth in a network with DiffServ support (RFC 8622).
For example, if you configured QoS on router to handle LE properly. Running:
rclone copy --dscp LE from:/from to:/to
would make the priority lower than usual internet flows.
This option has no effect on Windows (see golang/go#42728).
-n, --dry-run
Do a trial run with no permanent changes. Use this to see what rclone would do without actually doing it. Useful when setting up the sync command which deletes files in the destination.
--expect-continue-timeout=TIME
This specifies the amount of time to wait for a server's first response headers after fully writing the request headers if the request has an "Expect: 100-continue" header. Not all backends support using this.
Zero means no timeout and causes the body to be sent immediately, without waiting for the server to approve. This time does not include the time to send the request header.
The default is 1s. Set to 0 to disable.
--error-on-no-transfer
By default, rclone will exit with return code 0 if there were no errors.
This option allows rclone to return exit code 9 if no files were transferred between the source and destination. This allows using rclone in scripts, and triggering follow-on actions if data was copied, or skipping if not.
NB: Enabling this option turns a usually non-fatal error into a potentially fatal one - please check and adjust your scripts accordingly!
--fs-cache-expire-duration=TIME
When using rclone via the API rclone caches created remotes for 5 minutes by default in the "fs cache". This means that if you do repeated actions on the same remote then rclone won't have to build it again from scratch, which makes it more efficient.
This flag sets the time that the remotes are cached for. If you set it to 0 (or negative) then rclone won't cache the remotes at all.
Note that if you use some flags, eg --backup-dir and if this is set to 0 rclone may build two remotes (one for the source or destination and one for the --backup-dir where it may have only built one before.
--fs-cache-expire-interval=TIME
This controls how often rclone checks for cached remotes to expire. See the --fs-cache-expire-duration documentation above for more info. The default is 60s, set to 0 to disable expiry.
--header
Add an HTTP header for all transactions. The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.
If you want to add headers only for uploads use --header-upload and if you want to add headers only for downloads use --header-download.
This flag is supported for all HTTP based backends even those not supported by --header-upload and --header-download so may be used as a workaround for those with care.
rclone ls remote:test --header "X-Rclone: Foo" --header "X-LetMeIn: Yes"
--header-download
Add an HTTP header for all download transactions. The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.
rclone sync -i s3:test/src ~/dst --header-download "X-Amz-Meta-Test: Foo" --header-download "X-Amz-Meta-Test2: Bar"
See the GitHub issue here for currently supported backends.
--header-upload
Add an HTTP header for all upload transactions. The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.
rclone sync -i ~/src s3:test/dst --header-upload "Content-Disposition: attachment; filename='cool.html'" --header-upload "X-Amz-Meta-Test: FooBar"
See the GitHub issue here for currently supported backends.
--human-readable
Rclone commands output values for sizes (e.g. number of bytes) and counts (e.g. number of files) either as raw numbers, or in human-readable format.
In human-readable format the values are scaled to larger units, indicated with a suffix shown after the value, and rounded to three decimals. Rclone consistently uses binary units (powers of 2) for sizes and decimal units (powers of 10) for counts. The unit prefix for size is according to IEC standard notation, e.g. Ki for kibi. Used with byte unit, 1 KiB means 1024 Byte. In list type of output, only the unit prefix appended to the value (e.g. 9.762Ki), while in more textual output the full unit is shown (e.g. 9.762 KiB). For counts the SI standard notation is used, e.g. prefix k for kilo. Used with file counts, 1k means 1000 files.
The various list commands output raw numbers by default. Option --human-readable will make them output values in human-readable format instead (with the short unit prefix).
The about command outputs human-readable by default, with a command-specific option --full to output the raw numbers instead.
Command size outputs both human-readable and raw numbers in the same output.
The tree command also considers --human-readable, but it will not use the exact same notation as the other commands: It rounds to one decimal, and uses single letter suffix, e.g. K instead of Ki. The reason for this is that it relies on an external library.
The interactive command ncdu shows human-readable by default, and responds to key u for toggling human-readable format.
--ignore-case-sync
Using this option will cause rclone to ignore the case of the files when synchronizing so files will not be copied/synced when the existing filenames are the same, even if the casing is different.
--ignore-checksum
Normally rclone will check that the checksums of transferred files match, and give an error "corrupted on transfer" if they don't.
You can use this option to skip that check. You should only use it if you have had the "corrupted on transfer" error message and you are sure you might want to transfer potentially corrupted data.
--ignore-existing
Using this option will make rclone unconditionally skip all files that exist on the destination, no matter the content of these files.
While this isn't a generally recommended option, it can be useful in cases where your files change due to encryption. However, it cannot correct partial transfers in case a transfer was interrupted.
When performing a move/moveto command, this flag will leave skipped files in the source location unchanged when a file with the same name exists on the destination.
--ignore-size
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check only the modification time. If --checksum is set then it only checks the checksum.
It will also cause rclone to skip verifying the sizes are the same after transfer.
This can be useful for transferring files to and from OneDrive which occasionally misreports the size of image files (see #399 for more info).
-I, --ignore-times
Using this option will cause rclone to unconditionally upload all files regardless of the state of files on the destination.
Normally rclone would skip any files that have the same modification time and are the same size (or have the same checksum if using --checksum).
--immutable
Treat source and destination files as immutable and disallow modification.
With this option set, files will be created and deleted as requested, but existing files will never be updated. If an existing file does not match between the source and destination, rclone will give the error Source and destination exist but do not match: immutable file modified.
Note that only commands which transfer files (e.g. sync, copy, move) are affected by this behavior, and only modification is disallowed. Files may still be deleted explicitly (e.g. delete, purge) or implicitly (e.g. sync, move). Use copy --immutable if it is desired to avoid deletion as well as modification.
This can be useful as an additional layer of protection for immutable or append-only data sets (notably backup archives), where modification implies corruption and should not be propagated.
-i / --interactive
This flag can be used to tell rclone that you wish a manual confirmation before destructive operations.
It is recommended that you use this flag while learning rclone especially with rclone sync.
For example
$ rclone delete -i /tmp/dir
rclone: delete "important-file.txt"?
y) Yes, this is OK (default)
n) No, skip this
s) Skip all delete operations with no more questions
!) Do all delete operations with no more questions
q) Exit rclone now.
y/n/s/!/q> n
The options mean
- y: Yes, this operation should go ahead. You can also press Return for this to happen. You'll be asked every time unless you choose s or !.
- n: No, do not do this operation. You'll be asked every time unless you choose s or !.
- s: Skip all the following operations of this type with no more questions. This takes effect until rclone exits. If there are any different kind of operations you'll be prompted for them.
- !: Do all the following operations with no more questions. Useful if you've decided that you don't mind rclone doing that kind of operation. This takes effect until rclone exits . If there are any different kind of operations you'll be prompted for them.
- q: Quit rclone now, just in case!
--leave-root
During rmdirs it will not remove root directory, even if it's empty.
--log-file=FILE
Log all of rclone's output to FILE. This is not active by default. This can be useful for tracking down problems with syncs in combination with the -v flag. See the Logging section for more info.
If FILE exists then rclone will append to it.
Note that if you are using the logrotate program to manage rclone's logs, then you should use the copytruncate option as rclone doesn't have a signal to rotate logs.
--log-format LIST
Comma separated list of log format options. Accepted options are date, time, microseconds, pid, longfile, shortfile, UTC. Any other keywords will be silently ignored. pid will tag log messages with process identifier which useful with rclone mount --daemon. Other accepted options are explained in the go documentation. The default log format is "date,time".
--log-level LEVEL
This sets the log level for rclone. The default log level is NOTICE.
DEBUG is equivalent to -vv. It outputs lots of debug info - useful for bug reports and really finding out what rclone is doing.
INFO is equivalent to -v. It outputs information about each transfer and prints stats once a minute by default.
NOTICE is the default log level if no logging flags are supplied. It outputs very little when things are working normally. It outputs warnings and significant events.
ERROR is equivalent to -q. It only outputs error messages.
--use-json-log
This switches the log format to JSON for rclone. The fields of json log are level, msg, source, time.
--low-level-retries NUMBER
This controls the number of low level retries rclone does.
A low level retry is used to retry a failing operation - typically one HTTP request. This might be uploading a chunk of a big file for example. You will see low level retries in the log with the -v flag.
This shouldn't need to be changed from the default in normal operations. However, if you get a lot of low level retries you may wish to reduce the value so rclone moves on to a high level retry (see the --retries flag) quicker.
Disable low level retries with --low-level-retries 1.
--max-backlog=N
This is the maximum allowable backlog of files in a sync/copy/move queued for being checked or transferred.
This can be set arbitrarily large. It will only use memory when the queue is in use. Note that it will use in the order of N KiB of memory when the backlog is in use.
Setting this large allows rclone to calculate how many files are pending more accurately, give a more accurate estimated finish time and make --order-by work more accurately.
Setting this small will make rclone more synchronous to the listings of the remote which may be desirable.
Setting this to a negative number will make the backlog as large as possible.
--max-delete=N
This tells rclone not to delete more than N files. If that limit is exceeded then a fatal error will be generated and rclone will stop the operation in progress.
--max-depth=N
This modifies the recursion depth for all the commands except purge.
So if you do rclone --max-depth 1 ls remote:path you will see only the files in the top level directory. Using --max-depth 2 means you will see all the files in first two directory levels and so on.
For historical reasons the lsd command defaults to using a --max-depth of 1 - you can override this with the command line flag.
You can use this command to disable recursion (with --max-depth 1).
Note that if you use this with sync and --delete-excluded the files not recursed through are considered excluded and will be deleted on the destination. Test first with --dry-run if you are not sure what will happen.
--max-duration=TIME
Rclone will stop scheduling new transfers when it has run for the duration specified.
Defaults to off.
When the limit is reached any existing transfers will complete.
Rclone won't exit with an error if the transfer limit is reached.
--max-transfer=SIZE
Rclone will stop transferring when it has reached the size specified. Defaults to off.
When the limit is reached all transfers will stop immediately.
Rclone will exit with exit code 8 if the transfer limit is reached.
--metadata / -M
Setting this flag enables rclone to copy the metadata from the source to the destination. For local backends this is ownership, permissions, xattr etc. See the #metadata for more info.
--metadata-set key=value
Add metadata key = value when uploading. This can be repeated as many times as required. See the #metadata for more info.
--cutoff-mode=hard|soft|cautious
This modifies the behavior of --max-transfer Defaults to --cutoff-mode=hard.
Specifying --cutoff-mode=hard will stop transferring immediately when Rclone reaches the limit.
Specifying --cutoff-mode=soft will stop starting new transfers when Rclone reaches the limit.
Specifying --cutoff-mode=cautious will try to prevent Rclone from reaching the limit.
--modify-window=TIME
When checking whether a file has been modified, this is the maximum allowed time difference that a file can have and still be considered equivalent.
The default is 1ns unless this is overridden by a remote. For example OS X only stores modification times to the nearest second so if you are reading and writing to an OS X filing system this will be 1s by default.
This command line flag allows you to override that computed default.
--multi-thread-cutoff=SIZE
When downloading files to the local backend above this size, rclone will use multiple threads to download the file (default 250M).
Rclone preallocates the file (using fallocate(FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE) on unix or NTSetInformationFile on Windows both of which takes no time) then each thread writes directly into the file at the correct place. This means that rclone won't create fragmented or sparse files and there won't be any assembly time at the end of the transfer.
The number of threads used to download is controlled by --multi-thread-streams.
Use -vv if you wish to see info about the threads.
This will work with the sync/copy/move commands and friends copyto/moveto. Multi thread downloads will be used with rclone mount and rclone serve if --vfs-cache-mode is set to writes or above.
NB that this only works for a local destination but will work with any source.
NB that multi thread copies are disabled for local to local copies as they are faster without unless --multi-thread-streams is set explicitly.
NB on Windows using multi-thread downloads will cause the resulting files to be sparse. Use --local-no-sparse to disable sparse files (which may cause long delays at the start of downloads) or disable multi-thread downloads with --multi-thread-streams 0
--multi-thread-streams=N
When using multi thread downloads (see above --multi-thread-cutoff) this sets the maximum number of streams to use. Set to 0 to disable multi thread downloads (Default 4).
Exactly how many streams rclone uses for the download depends on the size of the file. To calculate the number of download streams Rclone divides the size of the file by the --multi-thread-cutoff and rounds up, up to the maximum set with --multi-thread-streams.
So if --multi-thread-cutoff 250M and --multi-thread-streams 4 are in effect (the defaults):
- 0..250 MiB files will be downloaded with 1 stream
- 250..500 MiB files will be downloaded with 2 streams
- 500..750 MiB files will be downloaded with 3 streams
- 750+ MiB files will be downloaded with 4 streams
--no-check-dest
The --no-check-dest can be used with move or copy and it causes rclone not to check the destination at all when copying files.
This means that:
- the destination is not listed minimising the API calls
- files are always transferred
- this can cause duplicates on remotes which allow it (e.g. Google Drive)
- --retries 1 is recommended otherwise you'll transfer everything again on a retry
This flag is useful to minimise the transactions if you know that none of the files are on the destination.
This is a specialized flag which should be ignored by most users!
--no-gzip-encoding
Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip. This means that rclone won't ask the server for compressed files automatically. Useful if you've set the server to return files with Content-Encoding: gzip but you uploaded compressed files.
There is no need to set this in normal operation, and doing so will decrease the network transfer efficiency of rclone.
--no-traverse
The --no-traverse flag controls whether the destination file system is traversed when using the copy or move commands. --no-traverse is not compatible with sync and will be ignored if you supply it with sync.
If you are only copying a small number of files (or are filtering most of the files) and/or have a large number of files on the destination then --no-traverse will stop rclone listing the destination and save time.
However, if you are copying a large number of files, especially if you are doing a copy where lots of the files under consideration haven't changed and won't need copying then you shouldn't use --no-traverse.
See rclone copy for an example of how to use it.
--no-unicode-normalization
Don't normalize unicode characters in filenames during the sync routine.
Sometimes, an operating system will store filenames containing unicode parts in their decomposed form (particularly macOS). Some cloud storage systems will then recompose the unicode, resulting in duplicate files if the data is ever copied back to a local filesystem.
Using this flag will disable that functionality, treating each unicode character as unique. For example, by default eฬ and รฉ will be normalized into the same character. With --no-unicode-normalization they will be treated as unique characters.
--no-update-modtime
When using this flag, rclone won't update modification times of remote files if they are incorrect as it would normally.
This can be used if the remote is being synced with another tool also (e.g. the Google Drive client).
--order-by string
The --order-by flag controls the order in which files in the backlog are processed in rclone sync, rclone copy and rclone move.
The order by string is constructed like this. The first part describes what aspect is being measured:
- size - order by the size of the files
- name - order by the full path of the files
- modtime - order by the modification date of the files
This can have a modifier appended with a comma:
- ascending or asc - order so that the smallest (or oldest) is processed first
- descending or desc - order so that the largest (or newest) is processed first
- mixed - order so that the smallest is processed first for some threads and the largest for others
If the modifier is mixed then it can have an optional percentage (which defaults to 50), e.g. size,mixed,25 which means that 25% of the threads should be taking the smallest items and 75% the largest. The threads which take the smallest first will always take the smallest first and likewise the largest first threads. The mixed mode can be useful to minimise the transfer time when you are transferring a mixture of large and small files - the large files are guaranteed upload threads and bandwidth and the small files will be processed continuously.
If no modifier is supplied then the order is ascending.
For example
- --order-by size,desc - send the largest files first
- --order-by modtime,ascending - send the oldest files first
- --order-by name - send the files with alphabetically by path first
If the --order-by flag is not supplied or it is supplied with an empty string then the default ordering will be used which is as scanned. With --checkers 1 this is mostly alphabetical, however with the default --checkers 8 it is somewhat random.
Limitations
The --order-by flag does not do a separate pass over the data. This means that it may transfer some files out of the order specified if
- there are no files in the backlog or the source has not been fully scanned yet
- there are more than --max-backlog files in the backlog
Rclone will do its best to transfer the best file it has so in practice this should not cause a problem. Think of --order-by as being more of a best efforts flag rather than a perfect ordering.
If you want perfect ordering then you will need to specify --check-first which will find all the files which need transferring first before transferring any.
--password-command SpaceSepList
This flag supplies a program which should supply the config password when run. This is an alternative to rclone prompting for the password or setting the RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS variable.
The argument to this should be a command with a space separated list of arguments. If one of the arguments has a space in then enclose it in ", if you want a literal " in an argument then enclose the argument in " and double the ". See CSV encoding for more info.
Eg
--password-command echo hello
--password-command echo "hello with space"
--password-command echo "hello with ""quotes"" and space"
See the Configuration Encryption for more info.
See a Windows PowerShell example on the Wiki.
-P, --progress
This flag makes rclone update the stats in a static block in the terminal providing a realtime overview of the transfer.
Any log messages will scroll above the static block. Log messages will push the static block down to the bottom of the terminal where it will stay.
Normally this is updated every 500mS but this period can be overridden with the --stats flag.
This can be used with the --stats-one-line flag for a simpler display.
Note: On Windows until this bug is fixed all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with . when --progress is in use.
--progress-terminal-title
This flag, when used with -P/--progress, will print the string ETA: %s to the terminal title.
-q, --quiet
This flag will limit rclone's output to error messages only.
--refresh-times
The --refresh-times flag can be used to update modification times of existing files when they are out of sync on backends which don't support hashes.
This is useful if you uploaded files with the incorrect timestamps and you now wish to correct them.
This flag is only useful for destinations which don't support hashes (e.g. crypt).
This can be used any of the sync commands sync, copy or move.
To use this flag you will need to be doing a modification time sync (so not using --size-only or --checksum). The flag will have no effect when using --size-only or --checksum.
If this flag is used when rclone comes to upload a file it will check to see if there is an existing file on the destination. If this file matches the source with size (and checksum if available) but has a differing timestamp then instead of re-uploading it, rclone will update the timestamp on the destination file. If the checksum does not match rclone will upload the new file. If the checksum is absent (e.g. on a crypt backend) then rclone will update the timestamp.
Note that some remotes can't set the modification time without re-uploading the file so this flag is less useful on them.
Normally if you are doing a modification time sync rclone will update modification times without --refresh-times provided that the remote supports checksums and the checksums match on the file. However if the checksums are absent then rclone will upload the file rather than setting the timestamp as this is the safe behaviour.
--retries int
Retry the entire sync if it fails this many times it fails (default 3).
Some remotes can be unreliable and a few retries help pick up the files which didn't get transferred because of errors.
Disable retries with --retries 1.
--retries-sleep=TIME
This sets the interval between each retry specified by --retries
The default is 0. Use 0 to disable.
--server-side-across-configs
Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy or move) to work across different configurations.
This can be useful if you wish to do a server-side copy or move between two remotes which use the same backend but are configured differently.
Note that this isn't enabled by default because it isn't easy for rclone to tell if it will work between any two configurations.
--size-only
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check only the size.
This can be useful transferring files from Dropbox which have been modified by the desktop sync client which doesn't set checksums of modification times in the same way as rclone.
--stats=TIME
Commands which transfer data (sync, copy, copyto, move, moveto) will print data transfer stats at regular intervals to show their progress.
This sets the interval.
The default is 1m. Use 0 to disable.
If you set the stats interval then all commands can show stats. This can be useful when running other commands, check or mount for example.
Stats are logged at INFO level by default which means they won't show at default log level NOTICE. Use --stats-log-level NOTICE or -v to make them show. See the Logging section for more info on log levels.
Note that on macOS you can send a SIGINFO (which is normally ctrl-T in the terminal) to make the stats print immediately.
--stats-file-name-length integer
By default, the --stats output will truncate file names and paths longer than 40 characters. This is equivalent to providing --stats-file-name-length 40. Use --stats-file-name-length 0 to disable any truncation of file names printed by stats.
--stats-log-level string
Log level to show --stats output at. This can be DEBUG, INFO, NOTICE, or ERROR. The default is INFO. This means at the default level of logging which is NOTICE the stats won't show - if you want them to then use --stats-log-level NOTICE. See the Logging section for more info on log levels.
--stats-one-line
When this is specified, rclone condenses the stats into a single line showing the most important stats only.
--stats-one-line-date
When this is specified, rclone enables the single-line stats and prepends the display with a date string. The default is 2006/01/02 15:04:05 -
--stats-one-line-date-format
When this is specified, rclone enables the single-line stats and prepends the display with a user-supplied date string. The date string MUST be enclosed in quotes. Follow golang specs for date formatting syntax.
--stats-unit=bits|bytes
By default, data transfer rates will be printed in bytes per second.
This option allows the data rate to be printed in bits per second.
Data transfer volume will still be reported in bytes.
The rate is reported as a binary unit, not SI unit. So 1 Mbit/s equals 1,048,576 bit/s and not 1,000,000 bit/s.
The default is bytes.
--suffix=SUFFIX
When using sync, copy or move any files which would have been overwritten or deleted will have the suffix added to them. If there is a file with the same path (after the suffix has been added), then it will be overwritten.
The remote in use must support server-side move or copy and you must use the same remote as the destination of the sync.
This is for use with files to add the suffix in the current directory or with --backup-dir. See --backup-dir for more info.
For example
rclone copy -i /path/to/local/file remote:current --suffix .bak
will copy /path/to/local to remote:current, but for any files which would have been updated or deleted have .bak added.
If using rclone sync with --suffix and without --backup-dir then it is recommended to put a filter rule in excluding the suffix otherwise the sync will delete the backup files.
rclone sync -i /path/to/local/file remote:current --suffix .bak --exclude "*.bak"
--suffix-keep-extension
When using --suffix, setting this causes rclone put the SUFFIX before the extension of the files that it backs up rather than after.
So let's say we had --suffix -2019-01-01, without the flag file.txt would be backed up to file.txt-2019-01-01 and with the flag it would be backed up to file-2019-01-01.txt. This can be helpful to make sure the suffixed files can still be opened.
--syslog
On capable OSes (not Windows or Plan9) send all log output to syslog.
This can be useful for running rclone in a script or rclone mount.
--syslog-facility string
If using --syslog this sets the syslog facility (e.g. KERN, USER). See man syslog for a list of possible facilities. The default facility is DAEMON.
--temp-dir=DIR
Specify the directory rclone will use for temporary files, to override the default. Make sure the directory exists and have accessible permissions.
By default the operating system's temp directory will be used: - On Unix systems, $TMPDIR if non-empty, else /tmp. - On Windows, the first non-empty value from %TMP%, %TEMP%, %USERPROFILE%, or the Windows directory.
When overriding the default with this option, the specified path will be set as value of environment variable TMPDIR on Unix systems and TMP and TEMP on Windows.
You can use the config paths command to see the current value.
--tpslimit float
Limit transactions per second to this number. Default is 0 which is used to mean unlimited transactions per second.
A transaction is roughly defined as an API call; its exact meaning will depend on the backend. For HTTP based backends it is an HTTP PUT/GET/POST/etc and its response. For FTP/SFTP it is a round trip transaction over TCP.
For example, to limit rclone to 10 transactions per second use --tpslimit 10, or to 1 transaction every 2 seconds use --tpslimit 0.5.
Use this when the number of transactions per second from rclone is causing a problem with the cloud storage provider (e.g. getting you banned or rate limited).
This can be very useful for rclone mount to control the behaviour of applications using it.
This limit applies to all HTTP based backends and to the FTP and SFTP backends. It does not apply to the local backend or the Storj backend.
See also --tpslimit-burst.
--tpslimit-burst int
Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit (default 1).
Normally --tpslimit will do exactly the number of transaction per second specified. However if you supply --tps-burst then rclone can save up some transactions from when it was idle giving a burst of up to the parameter supplied.
For example if you provide --tpslimit-burst 10 then if rclone has been idle for more than 10*--tpslimit then it can do 10 transactions very quickly before they are limited again.
This may be used to increase performance of --tpslimit without changing the long term average number of transactions per second.
--track-renames
By default, rclone doesn't keep track of renamed files, so if you rename a file locally then sync it to a remote, rclone will delete the old file on the remote and upload a new copy.
An rclone sync with --track-renames runs like a normal sync, but keeps track of objects which exist in the destination but not in the source (which would normally be deleted), and which objects exist in the source but not the destination (which would normally be transferred). These objects are then candidates for renaming.
After the sync, rclone matches up the source only and destination only objects using the --track-renames-strategy specified and either renames the destination object or transfers the source and deletes the destination object. --track-renames is stateless like all of rclone's syncs.
To use this flag the destination must support server-side copy or server-side move, and to use a hash based --track-renames-strategy (the default) the source and the destination must have a compatible hash.
If the destination does not support server-side copy or move, rclone will fall back to the default behaviour and log an error level message to the console.
Encrypted destinations are not currently supported by --track-renames if --track-renames-strategy includes hash.
Note that --track-renames is incompatible with --no-traverse and that it uses extra memory to keep track of all the rename candidates.
Note also that --track-renames is incompatible with --delete-before and will select --delete-after instead of --delete-during.
--track-renames-strategy (hash,modtime,leaf,size)
This option changes the file matching criteria for --track-renames.
The matching is controlled by a comma separated selection of these tokens:
- modtime - the modification time of the file - not supported on all backends
- hash - the hash of the file contents - not supported on all backends
- leaf - the name of the file not including its directory name
- size - the size of the file (this is always enabled)
The default option is hash.
Using --track-renames-strategy modtime,leaf would match files based on modification time, the leaf of the file name and the size only.
Using --track-renames-strategy modtime or leaf can enable --track-renames support for encrypted destinations.
Note that the hash strategy is not supported with encrypted destinations.
--delete-(before,during,after)
This option allows you to specify when files on your destination are deleted when you sync folders.
Specifying the value --delete-before will delete all files present on the destination, but not on the source before starting the transfer of any new or updated files. This uses two passes through the file systems, one for the deletions and one for the copies.
Specifying --delete-during will delete files while checking and uploading files. This is the fastest option and uses the least memory.
Specifying --delete-after (the default value) will delay deletion of files until all new/updated files have been successfully transferred. The files to be deleted are collected in the copy pass then deleted after the copy pass has completed successfully. The files to be deleted are held in memory so this mode may use more memory. This is the safest mode as it will only delete files if there have been no errors subsequent to that. If there have been errors before the deletions start then you will get the message not deleting files as there were IO errors.
--fast-list
When doing anything which involves a directory listing (e.g. sync, copy, ls - in fact nearly every command), rclone normally lists a directory and processes it before using more directory lists to process any subdirectories. This can be parallelised and works very quickly using the least amount of memory.
However, some remotes have a way of listing all files beneath a directory in one (or a small number) of transactions. These tend to be the bucket-based remotes (e.g. S3, B2, GCS, Swift).
If you use the --fast-list flag then rclone will use this method for listing directories. This will have the following consequences for the listing:
- It will use fewer transactions (important if you pay for them)
- It will use more memory. Rclone has to load the whole listing into memory.
- It may be faster because it uses fewer transactions
- It may be slower because it can't be parallelized
rclone should always give identical results with and without --fast-list.
If you pay for transactions and can fit your entire sync listing into memory then --fast-list is recommended. If you have a very big sync to do then don't use --fast-list otherwise you will run out of memory.
If you use --fast-list on a remote which doesn't support it, then rclone will just ignore it.
--timeout=TIME
This sets the IO idle timeout. If a transfer has started but then becomes idle for this long it is considered broken and disconnected.
The default is 5m. Set to 0 to disable.
--transfers=N
The number of file transfers to run in parallel. It can sometimes be useful to set this to a smaller number if the remote is giving a lot of timeouts or bigger if you have lots of bandwidth and a fast remote.
The default is to run 4 file transfers in parallel.
Look at --multi-thread-streams if you would like to control single file transfers.
-u, --update
This forces rclone to skip any files which exist on the destination and have a modified time that is newer than the source file.
This can be useful in avoiding needless transfers when transferring to a remote which doesn't support modification times directly (or when using --use-server-modtime to avoid extra API calls) as it is more accurate than a --size-only check and faster than using --checksum. On such remotes (or when using --use-server-modtime) the time checked will be the uploaded time.
If an existing destination file has a modification time older than the source file's, it will be updated if the sizes are different. If the sizes are the same, it will be updated if the checksum is different or not available.
If an existing destination file has a modification time equal (within the computed modify window) to the source file's, it will be updated if the sizes are different. The checksum will not be checked in this case unless the --checksum flag is provided.
In all other cases the file will not be updated.
Consider using the --modify-window flag to compensate for time skews between the source and the backend, for backends that do not support mod times, and instead use uploaded times. However, if the backend does not support checksums, note that syncing or copying within the time skew window may still result in additional transfers for safety.
--use-mmap
If this flag is set then rclone will use anonymous memory allocated by mmap on Unix based platforms and VirtualAlloc on Windows for its transfer buffers (size controlled by --buffer-size). Memory allocated like this does not go on the Go heap and can be returned to the OS immediately when it is finished with.
If this flag is not set then rclone will allocate and free the buffers using the Go memory allocator which may use more memory as memory pages are returned less aggressively to the OS.
It is possible this does not work well on all platforms so it is disabled by default; in the future it may be enabled by default.
--use-server-modtime
Some object-store backends (e.g, Swift, S3) do not preserve file modification times (modtime). On these backends, rclone stores the original modtime as additional metadata on the object. By default it will make an API call to retrieve the metadata when the modtime is needed by an operation.
Use this flag to disable the extra API call and rely instead on the server's modified time. In cases such as a local to remote sync using --update, knowing the local file is newer than the time it was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient. In those cases, this flag can speed up the process and reduce the number of API calls necessary.
Using this flag on a sync operation without also using --update would cause all files modified at any time other than the last upload time to be uploaded again, which is probably not what you want.
-v, -vv, --verbose
With -v rclone will tell you about each file that is transferred and a small number of significant events.
With -vv rclone will become very verbose telling you about every file it considers and transfers. Please send bug reports with a log with this setting.
When setting verbosity as an environment variable, use RCLONE_VERBOSE=1 or RCLONE_VERBOSE=2 for -v and -vv respectively.
-V, --version
Prints the version number
SSL/TLS options
The outgoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with these options. For example this can be very useful with the HTTP or WebDAV backends. Rclone HTTP servers have their own set of configuration for SSL/TLS which you can find in their documentation.
--ca-cert string
This loads the PEM encoded certificate authority certificate and uses it to verify the certificates of the servers rclone connects to.
If you have generated certificates signed with a local CA then you will need this flag to connect to servers using those certificates.
--client-cert string
This loads the PEM encoded client side certificate.
This is used for mutual TLS authentication.
The --client-key flag is required too when using this.
--client-key string
This loads the PEM encoded client side private key used for mutual TLS authentication. Used in conjunction with --client-cert.
--no-check-certificate=true/false
--no-check-certificate controls whether a client verifies the server's certificate chain and host name. If --no-check-certificate is true, TLS accepts any certificate presented by the server and any host name in that certificate. In this mode, TLS is susceptible to man-in-the-middle attacks.
This option defaults to false.
This should be used only for testing.
Configuration Encryption
Your configuration file contains information for logging in to your cloud services. This means that you should keep your rclone.conf file in a secure location.
If you are in an environment where that isn't possible, you can add a password to your configuration. This means that you will have to supply the password every time you start rclone.
To add a password to your rclone configuration, execute rclone config.
>rclone config
Current remotes:
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/s/q>
Go into s, Set configuration password:
e/n/d/s/q> s
Your configuration is not encrypted.
If you add a password, you will protect your login information to cloud services.
a) Add Password
q) Quit to main menu
a/q> a
Enter NEW configuration password:
password:
Confirm NEW password:
password:
Password set
Your configuration is encrypted.
c) Change Password
u) Unencrypt configuration
q) Quit to main menu
c/u/q>
Your configuration is now encrypted, and every time you start rclone you will have to supply the password. See below for details. In the same menu, you can change the password or completely remove encryption from your configuration.
There is no way to recover the configuration if you lose your password.
rclone uses nacl secretbox which in turn uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and authenticate your configuration with secret-key cryptography. The password is SHA-256 hashed, which produces the key for secretbox. The hashed password is not stored.
While this provides very good security, we do not recommend storing your encrypted rclone configuration in public if it contains sensitive information, maybe except if you use a very strong password.
If it is safe in your environment, you can set the RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS environment variable to contain your password, in which case it will be used for decrypting the configuration.
You can set this for a session from a script. For unix like systems save this to a file called set-rclone-password:
#!/bin/echo Source this file don't run it
read -s RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS
export RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS
Then source the file when you want to use it. From the shell you would do source set-rclone-password. It will then ask you for the password and set it in the environment variable.
An alternate means of supplying the password is to provide a script which will retrieve the password and print on standard output. This script should have a fully specified path name and not rely on any environment variables. The script is supplied either via --password-command="..." command line argument or via the RCLONE_PASSWORD_COMMAND environment variable.
One useful example of this is using the passwordstore application to retrieve the password:
export RCLONE_PASSWORD_COMMAND="pass rclone/config"
If the passwordstore password manager holds the password for the rclone configuration, using the script method means the password is primarily protected by the passwordstore system, and is never embedded in the clear in scripts, nor available for examination using the standard commands available. It is quite possible with long running rclone sessions for copies of passwords to be innocently captured in log files or terminal scroll buffers, etc. Using the script method of supplying the password enhances the security of the config password considerably.
If you are running rclone inside a script, unless you are using the --password-command method, you might want to disable password prompts. To do that, pass the parameter --ask-password=false to rclone. This will make rclone fail instead of asking for a password if RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS doesn't contain a valid password, and --password-command has not been supplied.
Whenever running commands that may be affected by options in a configuration file, rclone will look for an existing file according to the rules described above, and load any it finds. If an encrypted file is found, this includes decrypting it, with the possible consequence of a password prompt. When executing a command line that you know are not actually using anything from such a configuration file, you can avoid it being loaded by overriding the location, e.g. with one of the documented special values for memory-only configuration. Since only backend options can be stored in configuration files, this is normally unnecessary for commands that do not operate on backends, e.g. genautocomplete. However, it will be relevant for commands that do operate on backends in general, but are used without referencing a stored remote, e.g. listing local filesystem paths, or connection strings: rclone --config="" ls .
Developer options
These options are useful when developing or debugging rclone. There are also some more remote specific options which aren't documented here which are used for testing. These start with remote name e.g. --drive-test-option - see the docs for the remote in question.
--cpuprofile=FILE
Write CPU profile to file. This can be analysed with go tool pprof.
--dump flag,flag,flag
The --dump flag takes a comma separated list of flags to dump info about.
Note that some headers including Accept-Encoding as shown may not be correct in the request and the response may not show Content-Encoding if the go standard libraries auto gzip encoding was in effect. In this case the body of the request will be gunzipped before showing it.
The available flags are:
--dump headers
Dump HTTP headers with Authorization: lines removed. May still contain sensitive info. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.
Use --dump auth if you do want the Authorization: headers.
--dump bodies
Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.
Note that the bodies are buffered in memory so don't use this for enormous files.
--dump requests
Like --dump bodies but dumps the request bodies and the response headers. Useful for debugging download problems.
--dump responses
Like --dump bodies but dumps the response bodies and the request headers. Useful for debugging upload problems.
--dump auth
Dump HTTP headers - will contain sensitive info such as Authorization: headers - use --dump headers to dump without Authorization: headers. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.
--dump filters
Dump the filters to the output. Useful to see exactly what include and exclude options are filtering on.
--dump goroutines
This dumps a list of the running go-routines at the end of the command to standard output.
--dump openfiles
This dumps a list of the open files at the end of the command. It uses the lsof command to do that so you'll need that installed to use it.
--memprofile=FILE
Write memory profile to file. This can be analysed with go tool pprof.
Filtering
For the filtering options
- --delete-excluded
- --filter
- --filter-from
- --exclude
- --exclude-from
- --exclude-if-present
- --include
- --include-from
- --files-from
- --files-from-raw
- --min-size
- --max-size
- --min-age
- --max-age
- --dump filters
- --metadata-include
- --metadata-include-from
- --metadata-exclude
- --metadata-exclude-from
- --metadata-filter
- --metadata-filter-from
See the filtering section.
Remote control
For the remote control options and for instructions on how to remote control rclone
- --rc
- and anything starting with --rc-
See the remote control section.
Logging
rclone has 4 levels of logging, ERROR, NOTICE, INFO and DEBUG.
By default, rclone logs to standard error. This means you can redirect standard error and still see the normal output of rclone commands (e.g. rclone ls).
By default, rclone will produce Error and Notice level messages.
If you use the -q flag, rclone will only produce Error messages.
If you use the -v flag, rclone will produce Error, Notice and Info messages.
If you use the -vv flag, rclone will produce Error, Notice, Info and Debug messages.
You can also control the log levels with the --log-level flag.
If you use the --log-file=FILE option, rclone will redirect Error, Info and Debug messages along with standard error to FILE.
If you use the --syslog flag then rclone will log to syslog and the --syslog-facility control which facility it uses.
Rclone prefixes all log messages with their level in capitals, e.g. INFO which makes it easy to grep the log file for different kinds of information.
Exit Code
If any errors occur during the command execution, rclone will exit with a non-zero exit code. This allows scripts to detect when rclone operations have failed.
During the startup phase, rclone will exit immediately if an error is detected in the configuration. There will always be a log message immediately before exiting.
When rclone is running it will accumulate errors as it goes along, and only exit with a non-zero exit code if (after retries) there were still failed transfers. For every error counted there will be a high priority log message (visible with -q) showing the message and which file caused the problem. A high priority message is also shown when starting a retry so the user can see that any previous error messages may not be valid after the retry. If rclone has done a retry it will log a high priority message if the retry was successful.
List of exit codes
- 0 - success
- 1 - Syntax or usage error
- 2 - Error not otherwise categorised
- 3 - Directory not found
- 4 - File not found
- 5 - Temporary error (one that more retries might fix) (Retry errors)
- 6 - Less serious errors (like 461 errors from dropbox) (NoRetry errors)
- 7 - Fatal error (one that more retries won't fix, like account suspended) (Fatal errors)
- 8 - Transfer exceeded - limit set by --max-transfer reached
- 9 - Operation successful, but no files transferred
Environment Variables
Rclone can be configured entirely using environment variables. These can be used to set defaults for options or config file entries.
Options
Every option in rclone can have its default set by environment variable.
To find the name of the environment variable, first, take the long option name, strip the leading --, change - to , make upper case and prepend RCLONE.
For example, to always set --stats 5s, set the environment variable RCLONE_STATS=5s. If you set stats on the command line this will override the environment variable setting.
Or to always use the trash in drive --drive-use-trash, set RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH=true.
Verbosity is slightly different, the environment variable equivalent of --verbose or -v is RCLONE_VERBOSE=1, or for -vv, RCLONE_VERBOSE=2.
The same parser is used for the options and the environment variables so they take exactly the same form.
The options set by environment variables can be seen with the -vv flag, e.g. rclone version -vv.
Config file
You can set defaults for values in the config file on an individual remote basis. The names of the config items are documented in the page for each backend.
To find the name of the environment variable, you need to set, take RCLONE_CONFIG_ + name of remote + _ + name of config file option and make it all uppercase.
For example, to configure an S3 remote named mys3: without a config file (using unix ways of setting environment variables):
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_TYPE=s3
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_ACCESS_KEY_ID=XXX
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=XXX
$ rclone lsd mys3:
-1 2016-09-21 12:54:21 -1 my-bucket
$ rclone listremotes | grep mys3
mys3:
Note that if you want to create a remote using environment variables you must create the ..._TYPE variable as above.
Note that the name of a remote created using environment variable is case insensitive, in contrast to regular remotes stored in config file as documented above. You must write the name in uppercase in the environment variable, but as seen from example above it will be listed and can be accessed in lowercase, while you can also refer to the same remote in uppercase:
$ rclone lsd mys3:
-1 2016-09-21 12:54:21 -1 my-bucket
$ rclone lsd MYS3:
-1 2016-09-21 12:54:21 -1 my-bucket
Note that you can only set the options of the immediate backend, so RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3CRYPT_ACCESS_KEY_ID has no effect, if myS3Crypt is a crypt remote based on an S3 remote. However RCLONE_S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID will set the access key of all remotes using S3, including myS3Crypt.
Note also that now rclone has connection strings, it is probably easier to use those instead which makes the above example
rclone lsd :s3,access_key_id=XXX,secret_access_key=XXX:
Precedence
The various different methods of backend configuration are read in this order and the first one with a value is used.
- Parameters in connection strings, e.g. myRemote,skip_links:
- Flag values as supplied on the command line, e.g. --skip-links
- Remote specific environment vars, e.g. RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_SKIP_LINKS (see above).
- Backend-specific environment vars, e.g. RCLONE_LOCAL_SKIP_LINKS.
- Backend generic environment vars, e.g. RCLONE_SKIP_LINKS.
- Config file, e.g. skip_links = true.
- Default values, e.g. false - these can't be changed.
So if both --skip-links is supplied on the command line and an environment variable RCLONE_LOCAL_SKIP_LINKS is set, the command line flag will take preference.
The backend configurations set by environment variables can be seen with the -vv flag, e.g. rclone about myRemote: -vv.
For non backend configuration the order is as follows:
- Flag values as supplied on the command line, e.g. --stats 5s.
- Environment vars, e.g. RCLONE_STATS=5s.
- Default values, e.g. 1m - these can't be changed.
Other environment variables
- RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS set to contain your config file password (see Configuration Encryption section)
- HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY (or the lowercase versions
thereof).
- HTTPS_PROXY takes precedence over HTTP_PROXY for https requests.
- The environment values may be either a complete URL or a "host[:port]" for, in which case the "http" scheme is assumed.
- USER and LOGNAME values are used as fallbacks for current username. The primary method for looking up username is OS-specific: Windows API on Windows, real user ID in /etc/passwd on Unix systems. In the documentation the current username is simply referred to as $USER.
- RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR - rclone sets this variable for use in config files and sub processes to point to the directory holding the config file.
The options set by environment variables can be seen with the -vv and --log-level=DEBUG flags, e.g. rclone version -vv.
Configuring rclone on a remote / headless machine
Some of the configurations (those involving oauth2) require an Internet connected web browser.
If you are trying to set rclone up on a remote or headless box with no browser available on it (e.g. a NAS or a server in a datacenter) then you will need to use an alternative means of configuration. There are two ways of doing it, described below.
Configuring using rclone authorize
On the headless box run rclone config but answer N to the Use web browser to automatically authenticate? question.
...
Remote config
Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
* Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
* Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes (default)
n) No
y/n> n
For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has
a web browser available.
For more help and alternate methods see: https://rclone.org/remote_setup/
Execute the following on the machine with the web browser (same rclone
version recommended):
rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
Then paste the result below:
result>
Then on your main desktop machine
rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
Paste the following into your remote machine --->
SECRET_TOKEN
<---End paste
Then back to the headless box, paste in the code
result> SECRET_TOKEN
--------------------
[acd12]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = SECRET_TOKEN
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d>
Configuring by copying the config file
Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file. This can easily be copied to configure a remote rclone.
So first configure rclone on your desktop machine with
rclone config
to set up the config file.
Find the config file by running rclone config file, for example
$ rclone config file
Configuration file is stored at:
/home/user/.rclone.conf
Now transfer it to the remote box (scp, cut paste, ftp, sftp, etc.) and place it in the correct place (use rclone config file on the remote box to find out where).
Configuring using SSH Tunnel
Linux and MacOS users can utilize SSH Tunnel to redirect the headless box port 53682 to local machine by using the following command:
ssh -L localhost:53682:localhost:53682 username@remote_server
Then on the headless box run rclone config and answer Y to the Use web browser to automatically authenticate? question.
...
Remote config
Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
* Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
* Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes (default)
n) No
y/n> y
Then copy and paste the auth url http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth?state=xxxxxxxxxxxx to the browser on your local machine, complete the auth and it is done.
Filtering, includes and excludes
Filter flags determine which files rclone sync, move, ls, lsl, md5sum, sha1sum, size, delete, check and similar commands apply to.
They are specified in terms of path/file name patterns; path/file lists; file age and size, or presence of a file in a directory. Bucket based remotes without the concept of directory apply filters to object key, age and size in an analogous way.
Rclone purge does not obey filters.
To test filters without risk of damage to data, apply them to rclone ls, or with the --dry-run and -vv flags.
Rclone filter patterns can only be used in filter command line options, not in the specification of a remote.
E.g. rclone copy "remote:dir*.jpg" /path/to/dir does not have a filter effect. rclone copy remote:dir /path/to/dir --include "*.jpg" does.
Important Avoid mixing any two of --include..., --exclude... or --filter... flags in an rclone command. The results may not be what you expect. Instead use a --filter... flag.
Patterns for matching path/file names
Pattern syntax
Here is a formal definition of the pattern syntax, examples are below.
Rclone matching rules follow a glob style:
* matches any sequence of non-separator (/) characters
** matches any sequence of characters including / separators
? matches any single non-separator (/) character
[ [ ! ] { character-range } ]
character class (must be non-empty)
{ pattern-list }
pattern alternatives
{{ regexp }}
regular expression to match
c matches character c (c != *, **, ?, \, [, {, })
\c matches reserved character c (c = *, **, ?, \, [, {, }) or character class
character-range:
c matches character c (c != \, -, ])
\c matches reserved character c (c = \, -, ])
lo - hi matches character c for lo <= c <= hi
pattern-list:
pattern { , pattern }
comma-separated (without spaces) patterns
character classes (see Go regular expression reference) include:
Named character classes (e.g. [\d], [^\d], [\D], [^\D])
Perl character classes (e.g. \s, \S, \w, \W)
ASCII character classes (e.g. [[:alnum:]], [[:alpha:]], [[:punct:]], [[:xdigit:]])
regexp for advanced users to insert a regular expression - see below for more info:
Any re2 regular expression not containing `}}`
If the filter pattern starts with a / then it only matches at the top level of the directory tree, relative to the root of the remote (not necessarily the root of the drive). If it does not start with / then it is matched starting at the end of the path/file name but it only matches a complete path element - it must match from a / separator or the beginning of the path/file.
file.jpg - matches "file.jpg"
- matches "directory/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
- doesn't match "directory/afile.jpg"
/file.jpg - matches "file.jpg" in the root directory of the remote
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
- doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"
The top level of the remote may not be the top level of the drive.
E.g. for a Microsoft Windows local directory structure
F:
โโโ bkp
โโโ data
โ โโโ excl
โ โ โโโ 123.jpg
โ โ โโโ 456.jpg
โ โโโ incl
โ โ โโโ document.pdf
To copy the contents of folder data into folder bkp excluding the contents of subfolder exclthe following command treats F:\data and F:\bkp as top level for filtering.
rclone copy F:\data\ F:\bkp\ --exclude=/excl/**
Important Use / in path/file name patterns and not \ even if running on Microsoft Windows.
Simple patterns are case sensitive unless the --ignore-case flag is used.
Without --ignore-case (default)
potato - matches "potato"
- doesn't match "POTATO"
With --ignore-case
potato - matches "potato"
- matches "POTATO"
Using regular expressions in filter patterns
The syntax of filter patterns is glob style matching (like bash uses) to make things easy for users. However this does not provide absolute control over the matching, so for advanced users rclone also provides a regular expression syntax.
The regular expressions used are as defined in the Go regular expression reference. Regular expressions should be enclosed in {{ }}. They will match only the last path segment if the glob doesn't start with / or the whole path name if it does. Note that rclone does not attempt to parse the supplied regular expression, meaning that using any regular expression filter will prevent rclone from using directory filter rules, as it will instead check every path against the supplied regular expression(s).
Here is how the {{regexp}} is transformed into an full regular expression to match the entire path:
{{regexp}} becomes (^|/)(regexp)$
/{{regexp}} becomes ^(regexp)$
Regexp syntax can be mixed with glob syntax, for example
*.{{jpe?g}} to match file.jpg, file.jpeg but not file.png
You can also use regexp flags - to set case insensitive, for example
*.{{(?i)jpg}} to match file.jpg, file.JPG but not file.png
Be careful with wildcards in regular expressions - you don't want them to match path separators normally. To match any file name starting with start and ending with end write
{{start[^/]*end\.jpg}}
Not
{{start.*end\.jpg}}
Which will match a directory called start with a file called end.jpg in it as the .* will match / characters.
Note that you can use -vv --dump filters to show the filter patterns in regexp format - rclone implements the glob patters by transforming them into regular expressions.
Filter pattern examples
Description Pattern Matches Does not match
Wildcard .jpg /file.jpg /file.png /dir/file.jpg /dir/file.png Rooted /.jpg /file.jpg /file.png /file2.jpg /dir/file.jpg Alternates .{jpg,png} /file.jpg /file.gif /dir/file.png /dir/file.gif Path Wildcard dir/* /dir/anyfile file.png /subdir/dir/subsubdir/anyfile /subdir/file.png Any Char *.t?t /file.txt /file.qxt /dir/file.tzt /dir/file.png Range *.[a-z] /file.a /file.0 /dir/file.b /dir/file.1 Escape *.??? /file.??? /file.abc /dir/file.??? /dir/file.def Class *.\d\d\d /file.012 /file.abc /dir/file.345 /dir/file.def Regexp .{{jpe?g}} /file.jpeg /file.png /dir/file.jpg /dir/file.jpeeg Rooted Regexp /{{..jpe?g}} /file.jpeg /file.png /file.jpg /dir/file.jpg
How filter rules are applied to files
Rclone path/file name filters are made up of one or more of the following flags:
- --include
- --include-from
- --exclude
- --exclude-from
- --filter
- --filter-from
There can be more than one instance of individual flags.
Rclone internally uses a combined list of all the include and exclude rules. The order in which rules are processed can influence the result of the filter.
All flags of the same type are processed together in the order above, regardless of what order the different types of flags are included on the command line.
Multiple instances of the same flag are processed from left to right according to their position in the command line.
To mix up the order of processing includes and excludes use --filter... flags.
Within --include-from, --exclude-from and --filter-from flags rules are processed from top to bottom of the referenced file.
If there is an --include or --include-from flag specified, rclone implies a - ** rule which it adds to the bottom of the internal rule list. Specifying a + rule with a --filter... flag does not imply that rule.
Each path/file name passed through rclone is matched against the combined filter list. At first match to a rule the path/file name is included or excluded and no further filter rules are processed for that path/file.
If rclone does not find a match, after testing against all rules (including the implied rule if appropriate), the path/file name is included.
Any path/file included at that stage is processed by the rclone command.
--files-from and --files-from-raw flags over-ride and cannot be combined with other filter options.
To see the internal combined rule list, in regular expression form, for a command add the --dump filters flag. Running an rclone command with --dump filters and -vv flags lists the internal filter elements and shows how they are applied to each source path/file. There is not currently a means provided to pass regular expression filter options into rclone directly though character class filter rules contain character classes. Go regular expression reference
How filter rules are applied to directories
Rclone commands are applied to path/file names not directories. The entire contents of a directory can be matched to a filter by the pattern directory/* or recursively by directory/**.
Directory filter rules are defined with a closing / separator.
E.g. /directory/subdirectory/ is an rclone directory filter rule.
Rclone commands can use directory filter rules to determine whether they recurse into subdirectories. This potentially optimises access to a remote by avoiding listing unnecessary directories. Whether optimisation is desirable depends on the specific filter rules and source remote content.
If any regular expression filters are in use, then no directory recursion optimisation is possible, as rclone must check every path against the supplied regular expression(s).
Directory recursion optimisation occurs if either:
-
A source remote does not support the rclone ListR primitive. local, sftp, Microsoft OneDrive and WebDAV do not support ListR. Google Drive and most bucket type storage do. Full list
-
On other remotes (those that support ListR), if the rclone command is not naturally recursive, and provided it is not run with the --fast-list flag. ls, lsf -R and size are naturally recursive but sync, copy and move are not.
-
Whenever the --disable ListR flag is applied to an rclone command.
Rclone commands imply directory filter rules from path/file filter rules. To view the directory filter rules rclone has implied for a command specify the --dump filters flag.
E.g. for an include rule
/a/*.jpg
Rclone implies the directory include rule
/a/
Directory filter rules specified in an rclone command can limit the scope of an rclone command but path/file filters still have to be specified.
E.g. rclone ls remote: --include /directory/ will not match any files. Because it is an --include option the --exclude ** rule is implied, and the /directory/ pattern serves only to optimise access to the remote by ignoring everything outside of that directory.
E.g. rclone ls remote: --filter-from filter-list.txt with a file filter-list.txt:
- /dir1/
- /dir2/
+ *.pdf
- **
All files in directories dir1 or dir2 or their subdirectories are completely excluded from the listing. Only files of suffix pdf in the root of remote: or its subdirectories are listed. The - ** rule prevents listing of any path/files not previously matched by the rules above.
Option exclude-if-present creates a directory exclude rule based on the presence of a file in a directory and takes precedence over other rclone directory filter rules.
When using pattern list syntax, if a pattern item contains either / or **, then rclone will not able to imply a directory filter rule from this pattern list.
E.g. for an include rule
{dir1/**,dir2/**}
Rclone will match files below directories dir1 or dir2 only, but will not be able to use this filter to exclude a directory dir3 from being traversed.
Directory recursion optimisation may affect performance, but normally not the result. One exception to this is sync operations with option --create-empty-src-dirs, where any traversed empty directories will be created. With the pattern list example {dir1/,dir2/} above, this would create an empty directory dir3 on destination (when it exists on source). Changing the filter to {dir1,dir2}/, or splitting it into two include rules --include dir1/ --include dir2/**, will match the same files while also filtering directories, with the result that an empty directory dir3 will no longer be created.
--exclude - Exclude files matching pattern
Excludes path/file names from an rclone command based on a single exclude rule.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
--exclude should not be used with --include, --include-from, --filter or --filter-from flags.
--exclude has no effect when combined with --files-from or --files-from-raw flags.
E.g. rclone ls remote: --exclude *.bak excludes all .bak files from listing.
E.g. rclone size remote: "--exclude /dir/**" returns the total size of all files on remote: excluding those in root directory dir and sub directories.
E.g. on Microsoft Windows rclone ls remote: --exclude "[{JP,KR,HK}]" lists the files in remote: with [JP] or [KR] or [HK] in their name. Quotes prevent the shell from interpreting the \ characters.\ characters escape the [ and ] so an rclone filter treats them literally rather than as a character-range. The { and } define an rclone pattern list. For other operating systems single quotes are required ie rclone ls remote: --exclude '[{JP,KR,HK}]'
--exclude-from - Read exclude patterns from file
Excludes path/file names from an rclone command based on rules in a named file. The file contains a list of remarks and pattern rules.
For an example exclude-file.txt:
# a sample exclude rule file
*.bak
file2.jpg
rclone ls remote: --exclude-from exclude-file.txt lists the files on remote: except those named file2.jpg or with a suffix .bak. That is equivalent to rclone ls remote: --exclude file2.jpg --exclude "*.bak".
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
The --exclude-from flag is useful where multiple exclude filter rules are applied to an rclone command.
--exclude-from should not be used with --include, --include-from, --filter or --filter-from flags.
--exclude-from has no effect when combined with --files-from or --files-from-raw flags.
--exclude-from followed by - reads filter rules from standard input.
--include - Include files matching pattern
Adds a single include rule based on path/file names to an rclone command.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
--include has no effect when combined with --files-from or --files-from-raw flags.
--include implies --exclude ** at the end of an rclone internal filter list. Therefore if you mix --include and --include-from flags with --exclude, --exclude-from, --filter or --filter-from, you must use include rules for all the files you want in the include statement. For more flexibility use the --filter-from flag.
E.g. rclone ls remote: --include "*.{png,jpg}" lists the files on remote: with suffix .png and .jpg. All other files are excluded.
E.g. multiple rclone copy commands can be combined with --include and a pattern-list.
rclone copy /vol1/A remote:A
rclone copy /vol1/B remote:B
is equivalent to:
rclone copy /vol1 remote: --include "{A,B}/**"
E.g. rclone ls remote:/wheat --include "??[^[:punct:]]*" lists the files remote: directory wheat (and subdirectories) whose third character is not punctuation. This example uses an ASCII character class.
--include-from - Read include patterns from file
Adds path/file names to an rclone command based on rules in a named file. The file contains a list of remarks and pattern rules.
For an example include-file.txt:
# a sample include rule file
*.jpg
file2.avi
rclone ls remote: --include-from include-file.txt lists the files on remote: with name file2.avi or suffix .jpg. That is equivalent to rclone ls remote: --include file2.avi --include "*.jpg".
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
The --include-from flag is useful where multiple include filter rules are applied to an rclone command.
--include-from implies --exclude ** at the end of an rclone internal filter list. Therefore if you mix --include and --include-from flags with --exclude, --exclude-from, --filter or --filter-from, you must use include rules for all the files you want in the include statement. For more flexibility use the --filter-from flag.
--exclude-from has no effect when combined with --files-from or --files-from-raw flags.
--exclude-from followed by - reads filter rules from standard input.
--filter - Add a file-filtering rule
Specifies path/file names to an rclone command, based on a single include or exclude rule, in + or - format.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
--filter + differs from --include. In the case of --include rclone implies an --exclude * rule which it adds to the bottom of the internal rule list. --filter...+ does not imply that rule.
--filter has no effect when combined with --files-from or --files-from-raw flags.
--filter should not be used with --include, --include-from, --exclude or --exclude-from flags.
E.g. rclone ls remote: --filter "- *.bak" excludes all .bak files from a list of remote:.
--filter-from - Read filtering patterns from a file
Adds path/file names to an rclone command based on rules in a named file. The file contains a list of remarks and pattern rules. Include rules start with + and exclude rules with -. ! clears existing rules. Rules are processed in the order they are defined.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
Arrange the order of filter rules with the most restrictive first and work down.
E.g. for filter-file.txt:
# a sample filter rule file
- secret*.jpg
+ *.jpg
+ *.png
+ file2.avi
- /dir/Trash/**
+ /dir/**
# exclude everything else
- *
rclone ls remote: --filter-from filter-file.txt lists the path/files on remote: including all jpg and png files, excluding any matching secret*.jpg and including file2.avi. It also includes everything in the directory dir at the root of remote, except remote:dir/Trash which it excludes. Everything else is excluded.
E.g. for an alternative filter-file.txt:
- secret*.jpg
+ *.jpg
+ *.png
+ file2.avi
- *
Files file1.jpg, file3.png and file2.avi are listed whilst secret17.jpg and files without the suffix .jpgor.png` are excluded.
E.g. for an alternative filter-file.txt:
+ *.jpg
+ *.gif
!
+ 42.doc
- *
Only file 42.doc is listed. Prior rules are cleared by the !.
--files-from - Read list of source-file names
Adds path/files to an rclone command from a list in a named file. Rclone processes the path/file names in the order of the list, and no others.
Other filter flags (--include, --include-from, --exclude, --exclude-from, --filter and --filter-from) are ignored when --files-from is used.
--files-from expects a list of files as its input. Leading or trailing whitespace is stripped from the input lines. Lines starting with # or ; are ignored.
Rclone commands with a --files-from flag traverse the remote, treating the names in --files-from as a set of filters.
If the --no-traverse and --files-from flags are used together an rclone command does not traverse the remote. Instead it addresses each path/file named in the file individually. For each path/file name, that requires typically 1 API call. This can be efficient for a short --files-from list and a remote containing many files.
Rclone commands do not error if any names in the --files-from file are missing from the source remote.
The --files-from flag can be repeated in a single rclone command to read path/file names from more than one file. The files are read from left to right along the command line.
Paths within the --files-from file are interpreted as starting with the root specified in the rclone command. Leading / separators are ignored. See --files-from-raw if you need the input to be processed in a raw manner.
E.g. for a file files-from.txt:
# comment
file1.jpg
subdir/file2.jpg
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home/me/pics remote:pics copies the following, if they exist, and only those files.
/home/me/pics/file1.jpg โ remote:pics/file1.jpg
/home/me/pics/subdir/file2.jpg โ remote:pics/subdir/file2.jpg
E.g. to copy the following files referenced by their absolute paths:
/home/user1/42
/home/user1/dir/ford
/home/user2/prefect
First find a common subdirectory - in this case /home and put the remaining files in files-from.txt with or without leading /, e.g.
user1/42
user1/dir/ford
user2/prefect
Then copy these to a remote:
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home remote:backup
The three files are transferred as follows:
/home/user1/42 โ remote:backup/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/ford โ remote:backup/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/prefect โ remote:backup/user2/stuff
Alternatively if / is chosen as root files-from.txt will be:
/home/user1/42
/home/user1/dir/ford
/home/user2/prefect
The copy command will be:
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt / remote:backup
Then there will be an extra home directory on the remote:
/home/user1/42 โ remote:backup/home/user1/42
/home/user1/dir/ford โ remote:backup/home/user1/dir/ford
/home/user2/prefect โ remote:backup/home/user2/prefect
--files-from-raw - Read list of source-file names without any processing
This flag is the same as --files-from except that input is read in a raw manner. Lines with leading / trailing whitespace, and lines starting with ; or # are read without any processing. rclone lsf has a compatible format that can be used to export file lists from remotes for input to --files-from-raw.
--ignore-case - make searches case insensitive
By default, rclone filter patterns are case sensitive. The --ignore-case flag makes all of the filters patterns on the command line case insensitive.
E.g. --include "zaphod.txt" does not match a file Zaphod.txt. With --ignore-case a match is made.
Quoting shell metacharacters
Rclone commands with filter patterns containing shell metacharacters may not as work as expected in your shell and may require quoting.
E.g. linux, OSX (* metacharacter)
- --include *.jpg
- --include '*.jpg'
- --include='*.jpg'
Microsoft Windows expansion is done by the command, not shell, so --include *.jpg does not require quoting.
If the rclone error Command .... needs .... arguments maximum: you provided .... non flag arguments: is encountered, the cause is commonly spaces within the name of a remote or flag value. The fix then is to quote values containing spaces.
Other filters
--min-size - Don't transfer any file smaller than this
Controls the minimum size file within the scope of an rclone command. Default units are KiB but abbreviations K, M, G, T or P are valid.
E.g. rclone ls remote: --min-size 50k lists files on remote: of 50 KiB size or larger.
See the size option docs for more info.
--max-size - Don't transfer any file larger than this
Controls the maximum size file within the scope of an rclone command. Default units are KiB but abbreviations K, M, G, T or P are valid.
E.g. rclone ls remote: --max-size 1G lists files on remote: of 1 GiB size or smaller.
See the size option docs for more info.
--max-age - Don't transfer any file older than this
Controls the maximum age of files within the scope of an rclone command.
--max-age applies only to files and not to directories.
E.g. rclone ls remote: --max-age 2d lists files on remote: of 2 days old or less.
See the time option docs for valid formats.
--min-age - Don't transfer any file younger than this
Controls the minimum age of files within the scope of an rclone command. (see --max-age for valid formats)
--min-age applies only to files and not to directories.
E.g. rclone ls remote: --min-age 2d lists files on remote: of 2 days old or more.
See the time option docs for valid formats.
Other flags
--delete-excluded - Delete files on dest excluded from sync
Important this flag is dangerous to your data - use with --dry-run and -v first.
In conjunction with rclone sync, --delete-excluded deletes any files on the destination which are excluded from the command.
E.g. the scope of rclone sync -i A: B: can be restricted:
rclone --min-size 50k --delete-excluded sync A: B:
All files on B: which are less than 50 KiB are deleted because they are excluded from the rclone sync command.
--dump filters - dump the filters to the output
Dumps the defined filters to standard output in regular expression format.
Useful for debugging.
Exclude directory based on a file
The --exclude-if-present flag controls whether a directory is within the scope of an rclone command based on the presence of a named file within it. The flag can be repeated to check for multiple file names, presence of any of them will exclude the directory.
This flag has a priority over other filter flags.
E.g. for the following directory structure:
dir1/file1
dir1/dir2/file2
dir1/dir2/dir3/file3
dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore
The command rclone ls --exclude-if-present .ignore dir1 does not list dir3, file3 or .ignore.
Metadata filters
The metadata filters work in a very similar way to the normal file name filters, except they match metadata on the object.
The metadata should be specified as key=value patterns. This may be wildcarded using the normal filter patterns or regular expressions.
For example if you wished to list only local files with a mode of 100664 you could do that with:
rclone lsf -M --files-only --metadata-include "mode=100664" .
Or if you wished to show files with an atime, mtime or btime at a given date:
rclone lsf -M --files-only --metadata-include "[abm]time=2022-12-16*" .
Like file filtering, metadata filtering only applies to files not to directories.
The filters can be applied using these flags.
- --metadata-include - Include metadatas matching pattern
- --metadata-include-from - Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
- --metadata-exclude - Exclude metadatas matching pattern
- --metadata-exclude-from - Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
- --metadata-filter - Add a metadata filtering rule
- --metadata-filter-from - Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
Each flag can be repeated. See the section on how filter rules are applied for more details - these flags work in an identical way to the file name filtering flags, but instead of file name patterns have metadata patterns.
Common pitfalls
The most frequent filter support issues on the rclone forum are:
- Not using paths relative to the root of the remote
- Not using / to match from the root of a remote
- Not using ** to match the contents of a directory
GUI (Experimental)
Rclone can serve a web based GUI (graphical user interface). This is somewhat experimental at the moment so things may be subject to change.
Run this command in a terminal and rclone will download and then display the GUI in a web browser.
rclone rcd --rc-web-gui
This will produce logs like this and rclone needs to continue to run to serve the GUI:
2019/08/25 11:40:14 NOTICE: A new release for gui is present at https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/download/v0.0.6/currentbuild.zip
2019/08/25 11:40:14 NOTICE: Downloading webgui binary. Please wait. [Size: 3813937, Path : /home/USER/.cache/rclone/webgui/v0.0.6.zip]
2019/08/25 11:40:16 NOTICE: Unzipping
2019/08/25 11:40:16 NOTICE: Serving remote control on http://127.0.0.1:5572/
This assumes you are running rclone locally on your machine. It is possible to separate the rclone and the GUI - see below for details.
If you wish to check for updates then you can add --rc-web-gui-update to the command line.
If you find your GUI broken, you may force it to update by add --rc-web-gui-force-update.
By default, rclone will open your browser. Add --rc-web-gui-no-open-browser to disable this feature.
Using the GUI
Once the GUI opens, you will be looking at the dashboard which has an overall overview.
On the left hand side you will see a series of view buttons you can click on:
- Dashboard - main overview
- Configs - examine and create new configurations
- Explorer - view, download and upload files to the cloud storage systems
- Backend - view or alter the backend config
- Log out
(More docs and walkthrough video to come!)
How it works
When you run the rclone rcd --rc-web-gui this is what happens
- Rclone starts but only runs the remote control API ("rc").
- The API is bound to localhost with an auto-generated username and password.
- If the API bundle is missing then rclone will download it.
- rclone will start serving the files from the API bundle over the same port as the API
- rclone will open the browser with a login_token so it can log straight in.
Advanced use
The rclone rcd may use any of the flags documented on the rc page.
The flag --rc-web-gui is shorthand for
- Download the web GUI if necessary
- Check we are using some authentication
- --rc-user gui
- --rc-pass
- --rc-serve
These flags can be overridden as desired.
See also the rclone rcd documentation.
Example: Running a public GUI
For example the GUI could be served on a public port over SSL using an htpasswd file using the following flags:
- --rc-web-gui
- --rc-addr :443
- --rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd
- --rc-cert /path/to/ssl.crt
- --rc-key /path/to/ssl.key
Example: Running a GUI behind a proxy
If you want to run the GUI behind a proxy at /rclone you could use these flags:
- --rc-web-gui
- --rc-baseurl rclone
- --rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd
Or instead of htpasswd if you just want a single user and password:
- --rc-user me
- --rc-pass mypassword
Project
The GUI is being developed in the: rclone/rclone-webui-react repository.
Bug reports and contributions are very welcome :-)
If you have questions then please ask them on the rclone forum.
Remote controlling rclone with its API
If rclone is run with the --rc flag then it starts an HTTP server which can be used to remote control rclone using its API.
You can either use the rc command to access the API or use HTTP directly.
If you just want to run a remote control then see the rcd command.
Supported parameters
--rc
Flag to start the http server listen on remote requests
--rc-addr=IP
IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
--rc-cert=KEY
SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--rc-client-ca=PATH
Client certificate authority to verify clients with
--rc-htpasswd=PATH
htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--rc-key=PATH
SSL PEM Private key
--rc-max-header-bytes=VALUE
Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--rc-min-tls-version=VALUE
The minimum TLS version that is acceptable. Valid values are "tls1.0", "tls1.1", "tls1.2" and "tls1.3" (default "tls1.0").
--rc-user=VALUE
User name for authentication.
--rc-pass=VALUE
Password for authentication.
--rc-realm=VALUE
Realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--rc-server-read-timeout=DURATION
Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--rc-server-write-timeout=DURATION
Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--rc-serve
Enable the serving of remote objects via the HTTP interface. This means objects will be accessible at http://127.0.0.1:5572/ by default, so you can browse to http://127.0.0.1:5572/ or http://127.0.0.1:5572/* to see a listing of the remotes. Objects may be requested from remotes using this syntax http://127.0.0.1:5572/[remote:path]/path/to/object
Default Off.
--rc-files /path/to/directory
Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
If this is set then rclone will serve the files in that directory. It will also open the root in the web browser if specified. This is for implementing browser based GUIs for rclone functions.
If --rc-user or --rc-pass is set then the URL that is opened will have the authorization in the URL in the http://user:pass@localhost/ style.
Default Off.
--rc-enable-metrics
Enable OpenMetrics/Prometheus compatible endpoint at /metrics.
Default Off.
--rc-web-gui
Set this flag to serve the default web gui on the same port as rclone.
Default Off.
--rc-allow-origin
Set the allowed Access-Control-Allow-Origin for rc requests.
Can be used with --rc-web-gui if the rclone is running on different IP than the web-gui.
Default is IP address on which rc is running.
--rc-web-fetch-url
Set the URL to fetch the rclone-web-gui files from.
Default https://api.github.com/repos/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/latest.
--rc-web-gui-update
Set this flag to check and update rclone-webui-react from the rc-web-fetch-url.
Default Off.
--rc-web-gui-force-update
Set this flag to force update rclone-webui-react from the rc-web-fetch-url.
Default Off.
--rc-web-gui-no-open-browser
Set this flag to disable opening browser automatically when using web-gui.
Default Off.
--rc-job-expire-duration=DURATION
Expire finished async jobs older than DURATION (default 60s).
--rc-job-expire-interval=DURATION
Interval duration to check for expired async jobs (default 10s).
--rc-no-auth
By default rclone will require authorisation to have been set up on the rc interface in order to use any methods which access any rclone remotes. Eg operations/list is denied as it involved creating a remote as is sync/copy.
If this is set then no authorisation will be required on the server to use these methods. The alternative is to use --rc-user and --rc-pass and use these credentials in the request.
Default Off.
--rc-baseurl
Prefix for URLs.
Default is root
--rc-template
User-specified template.
Accessing the remote control via the rclone rc command
Rclone itself implements the remote control protocol in its rclone rc command.
You can use it like this
$ rclone rc rc/noop param1=one param2=two
{
"param1": "one",
"param2": "two"
}
Run rclone rc on its own to see the help for the installed remote control commands.
JSON input
rclone rc also supports a --json flag which can be used to send more complicated input parameters.
$ rclone rc --json '{ "p1": [1,"2",null,4], "p2": { "a":1, "b":2 } }' rc/noop
{
"p1": [
1,
"2",
null,
4
],
"p2": {
"a": 1,
"b": 2
}
}
If the parameter being passed is an object then it can be passed as a JSON string rather than using the --json flag which simplifies the command line.
rclone rc operations/list fs=/tmp remote=test opt='{"showHash": true}'
Rather than
rclone rc operations/list --json '{"fs": "/tmp", "remote": "test", "opt": {"showHash": true}}'
Special parameters
The rc interface supports some special parameters which apply to all commands. These start with _ to show they are different.
Running asynchronous jobs with _async = true
Each rc call is classified as a job and it is assigned its own id. By default jobs are executed immediately as they are created or synchronously.
If _async has a true value when supplied to an rc call then it will return immediately with a job id and the task will be run in the background. The job/status call can be used to get information of the background job. The job can be queried for up to 1 minute after it has finished.
It is recommended that potentially long running jobs, e.g. sync/sync, sync/copy, sync/move, operations/purge are run with the _async flag to avoid any potential problems with the HTTP request and response timing out.
Starting a job with the _async flag:
$ rclone rc --json '{ "p1": [1,"2",null,4], "p2": { "a":1, "b":2 }, "_async": true }' rc/noop
{
"jobid": 2
}
Query the status to see if the job has finished. For more information on the meaning of these return parameters see the job/status call.
$ rclone rc --json '{ "jobid":2 }' job/status
{
"duration": 0.000124163,
"endTime": "2018-10-27T11:38:07.911245881+01:00",
"error": "",
"finished": true,
"id": 2,
"output": {
"_async": true,
"p1": [
1,
"2",
null,
4
],
"p2": {
"a": 1,
"b": 2
}
},
"startTime": "2018-10-27T11:38:07.911121728+01:00",
"success": true
}
job/list can be used to show the running or recently completed jobs
$ rclone rc job/list
{
"jobids": [
2
]
}
Setting config flags with _config
If you wish to set config (the equivalent of the global flags) for the duration of an rc call only then pass in the _config parameter.
This should be in the same format as the config key returned by options/get.
For example, if you wished to run a sync with the --checksum parameter, you would pass this parameter in your JSON blob.
"_config":{"CheckSum": true}
If using rclone rc this could be passed as
rclone rc operations/sync ... _config='{"CheckSum": true}'
Any config parameters you don't set will inherit the global defaults which were set with command line flags or environment variables.
Note that it is possible to set some values as strings or integers - see data types for more info. Here is an example setting the equivalent of --buffer-size in string or integer format.
"_config":{"BufferSize": "42M"}
"_config":{"BufferSize": 44040192}
If you wish to check the _config assignment has worked properly then calling options/local will show what the value got set to.
Setting filter flags with _filter
If you wish to set filters for the duration of an rc call only then pass in the _filter parameter.
This should be in the same format as the filter key returned by options/get.
For example, if you wished to run a sync with these flags
--max-size 1M --max-age 42s --include "a" --include "b"
you would pass this parameter in your JSON blob.
"_filter":{"MaxSize":"1M", "IncludeRule":["a","b"], "MaxAge":"42s"}
If using rclone rc this could be passed as
rclone rc ... _filter='{"MaxSize":"1M", "IncludeRule":["a","b"], "MaxAge":"42s"}'
Any filter parameters you don't set will inherit the global defaults which were set with command line flags or environment variables.
Note that it is possible to set some values as strings or integers - see data types for more info. Here is an example setting the equivalent of --buffer-size in string or integer format.
"_filter":{"MinSize": "42M"}
"_filter":{"MinSize": 44040192}
If you wish to check the _filter assignment has worked properly then calling options/local will show what the value got set to.
Assigning operations to groups with _group = value
Each rc call has its own stats group for tracking its metrics. By default grouping is done by the composite group name from prefix job/ and id of the job like so job/1.
If _group has a value then stats for that request will be grouped under that value. This allows caller to group stats under their own name.
Stats for specific group can be accessed by passing group to core/stats:
$ rclone rc --json '{ "group": "job/1" }' core/stats
{
"speed": 12345
...
}
Data types
When the API returns types, these will mostly be straight forward integer, string or boolean types.
However some of the types returned by the options/get call and taken by the options/set calls as well as the vfsOpt, mountOpt and the _config parameters.
- Duration - these are returned as an integer duration in nanoseconds. They may be set as an integer, or they may be set with time string, eg "5s". See the options section for more info.
- Size - these are returned as an integer number of bytes. They may be set as an integer or they may be set with a size suffix string, eg "10M". See the options section for more info.
- Enumerated type (such as CutoffMode, DumpFlags, LogLevel, VfsCacheMode - these will be returned as an integer and may be set as an integer but more conveniently they can be set as a string, eg "HARD" for CutoffMode or DEBUG for LogLevel.
- BandwidthSpec - this will be set and returned as a string, eg "1M".
Specifying remotes to work on
Remotes are specified with the fs=, srcFs=, dstFs= parameters depending on the command being used.
The parameters can be a string as per the rest of rclone, eg s3:bucket/path or :sftp:/my/dir. They can also be specified as JSON blobs.
If specifying a JSON blob it should be a object mapping strings to strings. These values will be used to configure the remote. There are 3 special values which may be set:
- type - set to type to specify a remote called :type:
- _name - set to name to specify a remote called name:
- _root - sets the root of the remote - may be empty
One of _name or type should normally be set. If the local backend is desired then type should be set to local. If _root isn't specified then it defaults to the root of the remote.
For example this JSON is equivalent to remote:/tmp
{
"_name": "remote",
"_path": "/tmp"
}
And this is equivalent to :sftp,host='example.com':/tmp
{
"type": "sftp",
"host": "example.com",
"_path": "/tmp"
}
And this is equivalent to /tmp/dir
{
type = "local",
_ path = "/tmp/dir"
}
Supported commands
backend/command: Runs a backend command.
This takes the following parameters:
- command - a string with the command name
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
- arg - a list of arguments for the backend command
- opt - a map of string to string of options
Returns:
- result - result from the backend command
Example:
rclone rc backend/command command=noop fs=. -o echo=yes -o blue -a path1 -a path2
Returns
{
"result": {
"arg": [
"path1",
"path2"
],
"name": "noop",
"opt": {
"blue": "",
"echo": "yes"
}
}
}
Note that this is the direct equivalent of using this "backend" command:
rclone backend noop . -o echo=yes -o blue path1 path2
Note that arguments must be preceded by the "-a" flag
See the backend command for more information.
Authentication is required for this call.
cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache
Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file. Params: - remote = path to remote (required) - withData = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well (optional)
Eg
rclone rc cache/expire remote=path/to/sub/folder/
rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=true
cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks
Ensure the specified file chunks are cached on disk.
The chunks= parameter specifies the file chunks to check. It takes a comma separated list of array slice indices. The slice indices are similar to Python slices: start[:end]
start is the 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to fetch inclusive. end is 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to fetch exclusive. Both values can be negative, in which case they count from the back of the file. The value "-5:" represents the last 5 chunks of a file.
Some valid examples are: ":5,-5:" -> the first and last five chunks "0,-2" -> the first and the second last chunk "0:10" -> the first ten chunks
Any parameter with a key that starts with "file" can be used to specify files to fetch, e.g.
rclone rc cache/fetch chunks=0 file=hello file2=home/goodbye
File names will automatically be encrypted when the a crypt remote is used on top of the cache.
cache/stats: Get cache stats
Show statistics for the cache remote.
config/create: create the config for a remote.
This takes the following parameters:
- name - name of remote
- parameters - a map of { "key": "value" } pairs
- type - type of the new remote
- opt - a dictionary of options to control the configuration
- obscure - declare passwords are plain and need obscuring
- noObscure - declare passwords are already obscured and don't need obscuring
- nonInteractive - don't interact with a user, return questions
- continue - continue the config process with an answer
- all - ask all the config questions not just the post config ones
- state - state to restart with - used with continue
- result - result to restart with - used with continue
See the config create command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file.
Parameters:
- name - name of remote to delete
See the config delete command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/dump: Dumps the config file.
Returns a JSON object: - key: value
Where keys are remote names and values are the config parameters.
See the config dump command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/get: Get a remote in the config file.
Parameters:
- name - name of remote to get
See the config dump command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file.
Returns - remotes - array of remote names
See the listremotes command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/password: password the config for a remote.
This takes the following parameters:
- name - name of remote
- parameters - a map of { "key": "value" } pairs
See the config password command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file.
Returns a JSON object: - providers - array of objects
See the config providers command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/setpath: Set the path of the config file
Parameters:
- path - path to the config file to use
Authentication is required for this call.
config/update: update the config for a remote.
This takes the following parameters:
- name - name of remote
- parameters - a map of { "key": "value" } pairs
- opt - a dictionary of options to control the configuration
- obscure - declare passwords are plain and need obscuring
- noObscure - declare passwords are already obscured and don't need obscuring
- nonInteractive - don't interact with a user, return questions
- continue - continue the config process with an answer
- all - ask all the config questions not just the post config ones
- state - state to restart with - used with continue
- result - result to restart with - used with continue
See the config update command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit.
This sets the bandwidth limit to the string passed in. This should be a single bandwidth limit entry or a pair of upload:download bandwidth.
Eg
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=off
{
"bytesPerSecond": -1,
"bytesPerSecondTx": -1,
"bytesPerSecondRx": -1,
"rate": "off"
}
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
{
"bytesPerSecond": 1048576,
"bytesPerSecondTx": 1048576,
"bytesPerSecondRx": 1048576,
"rate": "1M"
}
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M:100k
{
"bytesPerSecond": 1048576,
"bytesPerSecondTx": 1048576,
"bytesPerSecondRx": 131072,
"rate": "1M"
}
If the rate parameter is not supplied then the bandwidth is queried
rclone rc core/bwlimit
{
"bytesPerSecond": 1048576,
"bytesPerSecondTx": 1048576,
"bytesPerSecondRx": 1048576,
"rate": "1M"
}
The format of the parameter is exactly the same as passed to --bwlimit except only one bandwidth may be specified.
In either case "rate" is returned as a human-readable string, and "bytesPerSecond" is returned as a number.
core/command: Run a rclone terminal command over rc.
This takes the following parameters:
- command - a string with the command name.
- arg - a list of arguments for the backend command.
- opt - a map of string to string of options.
- returnType - one of ("COMBINED_OUTPUT", "STREAM",
"STREAM_ONLY_STDOUT", "STREAM_ONLY_STDERR").
- Defaults to "COMBINED_OUTPUT" if not set.
- The STREAM returnTypes will write the output to the body of the HTTP message.
- The COMBINED_OUTPUT will write the output to the "result" parameter.
Returns:
- result - result from the backend command.
- Only set when using returnType "COMBINED_OUTPUT".
- error - set if rclone exits with an error code.
- returnType - one of ("COMBINED_OUTPUT", "STREAM", "STREAM_ONLY_STDOUT", "STREAM_ONLY_STDERR").
Example:
rclone rc core/command command=ls -a mydrive:/ -o max-depth=1
rclone rc core/command -a ls -a mydrive:/ -o max-depth=1
Returns:
{
"error": false,
"result": "<Raw command line output>"
}
OR
{
"error": true,
"result": "<Raw command line output>"
}
Authentication is required for this call.
core/gc: Runs a garbage collection.
This tells the go runtime to do a garbage collection run. It isn't necessary to call this normally, but it can be useful for debugging memory problems.
core/group-list: Returns list of stats.
This returns list of stats groups currently in memory.
Returns the following values:
{
"groups": an array of group names:
[
"group1",
"group2",
...
]
}
core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics
This returns the memory statistics of the running program. What the values mean are explained in the go docs: https://golang.org/pkg/runtime/#MemStats
The most interesting values for most people are:
- HeapAlloc - this is the amount of memory rclone is actually using
- HeapSys - this is the amount of memory rclone has obtained from the OS
- Sys - this is the total amount of memory requested from the OS
- It is virtual memory so may include unused memory
core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in.
Pass a clear string and rclone will obscure it for the config file: - clear - string
Returns: - obscured - string
core/pid: Return PID of current process
This returns PID of current process. Useful for stopping rclone process.
core/quit: Terminates the app.
(Optional) Pass an exit code to be used for terminating the app: - exitCode - int
core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers.
This returns all available stats:
rclone rc core/stats
If group is not provided then summed up stats for all groups will be returned.
Parameters
- group - name of the stats group (string)
Returns the following values:
{
"bytes": total transferred bytes since the start of the group,
"checks": number of files checked,
"deletes" : number of files deleted,
"elapsedTime": time in floating point seconds since rclone was started,
"errors": number of errors,
"eta": estimated time in seconds until the group completes,
"fatalError": boolean whether there has been at least one fatal error,
"lastError": last error string,
"renames" : number of files renamed,
"retryError": boolean showing whether there has been at least one non-NoRetryError,
"speed": average speed in bytes per second since start of the group,
"totalBytes": total number of bytes in the group,
"totalChecks": total number of checks in the group,
"totalTransfers": total number of transfers in the group,
"transferTime" : total time spent on running jobs,
"transfers": number of transferred files,
"transferring": an array of currently active file transfers:
[
{
"bytes": total transferred bytes for this file,
"eta": estimated time in seconds until file transfer completion
"name": name of the file,
"percentage": progress of the file transfer in percent,
"speed": average speed over the whole transfer in bytes per second,
"speedAvg": current speed in bytes per second as an exponentially weighted moving average,
"size": size of the file in bytes
}
],
"checking": an array of names of currently active file checks
[]
}
Values for "transferring", "checking" and "lastError" are only assigned if data is available. The value for "eta" is null if an eta cannot be determined.
core/stats-delete: Delete stats group.
This deletes entire stats group.
Parameters
- group - name of the stats group (string)
core/stats-reset: Reset stats.
This clears counters, errors and finished transfers for all stats or specific stats group if group is provided.
Parameters
- group - name of the stats group (string)
core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers.
This returns stats about completed transfers:
rclone rc core/transferred
If group is not provided then completed transfers for all groups will be returned.
Note only the last 100 completed transfers are returned.
Parameters
- group - name of the stats group (string)
Returns the following values:
{
"transferred": an array of completed transfers (including failed ones):
[
{
"name": name of the file,
"size": size of the file in bytes,
"bytes": total transferred bytes for this file,
"checked": if the transfer is only checked (skipped, deleted),
"timestamp": integer representing millisecond unix epoch,
"error": string description of the error (empty if successful),
"jobid": id of the job that this transfer belongs to
}
]
}
core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime.
This shows the current version of go and the go runtime:
- version - rclone version, e.g. "v1.53.0"
- decomposed - version number as [major, minor, patch]
- isGit - boolean - true if this was compiled from the git version
- isBeta - boolean - true if this is a beta version
- os - OS in use as according to Go
- arch - cpu architecture in use according to Go
- goVersion - version of Go runtime in use
- linking - type of rclone executable (static or dynamic)
- goTags - space separated build tags or "none"
debug/set-block-profile-rate: Set runtime.SetBlockProfileRate for blocking profiling.
SetBlockProfileRate controls the fraction of goroutine blocking events that are reported in the blocking profile. The profiler aims to sample an average of one blocking event per rate nanoseconds spent blocked.
To include every blocking event in the profile, pass rate = 1. To turn off profiling entirely, pass rate <= 0.
After calling this you can use this to see the blocking profile:
go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/block
Parameters:
- rate - int
debug/set-gc-percent: Call runtime/debug.SetGCPercent for setting the garbage collection target percentage.
SetGCPercent sets the garbage collection target percentage: a collection is triggered when the ratio of freshly allocated data to live data remaining after the previous collection reaches this percentage. SetGCPercent returns the previous setting. The initial setting is the value of the GOGC environment variable at startup, or 100 if the variable is not set.
This setting may be effectively reduced in order to maintain a memory limit. A negative percentage effectively disables garbage collection, unless the memory limit is reached.
See https://pkg.go.dev/runtime/debug#SetMemoryLimit for more details.
Parameters:
- gc-percent - int
debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction: Set runtime.SetMutexProfileFraction for mutex profiling.
SetMutexProfileFraction controls the fraction of mutex contention events that are reported in the mutex profile. On average 1/rate events are reported. The previous rate is returned.
To turn off profiling entirely, pass rate 0. To just read the current rate, pass rate < 0. (For n>1 the details of sampling may change.)
Once this is set you can look use this to profile the mutex contention:
go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/mutex
Parameters:
- rate - int
Results:
- previousRate - int
debug/set-soft-memory-limit: Call runtime/debug.SetMemoryLimit for setting a soft memory limit for the runtime.
SetMemoryLimit provides the runtime with a soft memory limit.
The runtime undertakes several processes to try to respect this memory limit, including adjustments to the frequency of garbage collections and returning memory to the underlying system more aggressively. This limit will be respected even if GOGC=off (or, if SetGCPercent(-1) is executed).
The input limit is provided as bytes, and includes all memory mapped, managed, and not released by the Go runtime. Notably, it does not account for space used by the Go binary and memory external to Go, such as memory managed by the underlying system on behalf of the process, or memory managed by non-Go code inside the same process. Examples of excluded memory sources include: OS kernel memory held on behalf of the process, memory allocated by C code, and memory mapped by syscall.Mmap (because it is not managed by the Go runtime).
A zero limit or a limit that's lower than the amount of memory used by the Go runtime may cause the garbage collector to run nearly continuously. However, the application may still make progress.
The memory limit is always respected by the Go runtime, so to effectively disable this behavior, set the limit very high. math.MaxInt64 is the canonical value for disabling the limit, but values much greater than the available memory on the underlying system work just as well.
See https://go.dev/doc/gc-guide for a detailed guide explaining the soft memory limit in more detail, as well as a variety of common use-cases and scenarios.
SetMemoryLimit returns the previously set memory limit. A negative input does not adjust the limit, and allows for retrieval of the currently set memory limit.
Parameters:
- mem-limit - int
fscache/clear: Clear the Fs cache.
This clears the fs cache. This is where remotes created from backends are cached for a short while to make repeated rc calls more efficient.
If you change the parameters of a backend then you may want to call this to clear an existing remote out of the cache before re-creating it.
Authentication is required for this call.
fscache/entries: Returns the number of entries in the fs cache.
This returns the number of entries in the fs cache.
Returns - entries - number of items in the cache
Authentication is required for this call.
job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs
Parameters: None.
Results:
- jobids - array of integer job ids.
job/status: Reads the status of the job ID
Parameters:
- jobid - id of the job (integer).
Results:
- finished - boolean
- duration - time in seconds that the job ran for
- endTime - time the job finished (e.g. "2018-10-26T18:50:20.528746884+01:00")
- error - error from the job or empty string for no error
- finished - boolean whether the job has finished or not
- id - as passed in above
- startTime - time the job started (e.g. "2018-10-26T18:50:20.528336039+01:00")
- success - boolean - true for success false otherwise
- output - output of the job as would have been returned if called synchronously
- progress - output of the progress related to the underlying job
job/stop: Stop the running job
Parameters:
- jobid - id of the job (integer).
job/stopgroup: Stop all running jobs in a group
Parameters:
- group - name of the group (string).
mount/listmounts: Show current mount points
This shows currently mounted points, which can be used for performing an unmount.
This takes no parameters and returns
- mountPoints: list of current mount points
Eg
rclone rc mount/listmounts
Authentication is required for this call.
mount/mount: Create a new mount point
rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone's cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
If no mountType is provided, the priority is given as follows: 1. mount 2.cmount 3.mount2
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote path to be mounted (required)
- mountPoint: valid path on the local machine (required)
- mountType: one of the values (mount, cmount, mount2) specifies the mount implementation to use
- mountOpt: a JSON object with Mount options in.
- vfsOpt: a JSON object with VFS options in.
Example:
rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint
rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint mountType=mount
rclone rc mount/mount fs=TestDrive: mountPoint=/mnt/tmp vfsOpt='{"CacheMode": 2}' mountOpt='{"AllowOther": true}'
The vfsOpt are as described in options/get and can be seen in the the "vfs" section when running and the mountOpt can be seen in the "mount" section:
rclone rc options/get
Authentication is required for this call.
mount/types: Show all possible mount types
This shows all possible mount types and returns them as a list.
This takes no parameters and returns
- mountTypes: list of mount types
The mount types are strings like "mount", "mount2", "cmount" and can be passed to mount/mount as the mountType parameter.
Eg
rclone rc mount/types
Authentication is required for this call.
mount/unmount: Unmount selected active mount
rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone's cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
This takes the following parameters:
- mountPoint: valid path on the local machine where the mount was created (required)
Example:
rclone rc mount/unmount mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint
Authentication is required for this call.
mount/unmountall: Unmount all active mounts
rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone's cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
This takes no parameters and returns error if unmount does not succeed.
Eg
rclone rc mount/unmountall
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/about: Return the space used on the remote
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
The result is as returned from rclone about --json
See the about command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
See the cleanup command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote
This takes the following parameters:
- srcFs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:" for the source
- srcRemote - a path within that remote e.g. "file.txt" for the source
- dstFs - a remote name string e.g. "drive2:" for the destination
- dstRemote - a path within that remote e.g. "file2.txt" for the destination
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote e.g. "dir"
- url - string, URL to read from
- autoFilename - boolean, set to true to retrieve destination file name from url
See the copyurl command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/delete: Remove files in the path
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
See the delete command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote e.g. "dir"
See the deletefile command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
This returns info about the remote passed in;
{
// optional features and whether they are available or not
"Features": {
"About": true,
"BucketBased": false,
"BucketBasedRootOK": false,
"CanHaveEmptyDirectories": true,
"CaseInsensitive": false,
"ChangeNotify": false,
"CleanUp": false,
"Command": true,
"Copy": false,
"DirCacheFlush": false,
"DirMove": true,
"Disconnect": false,
"DuplicateFiles": false,
"GetTier": false,
"IsLocal": true,
"ListR": false,
"MergeDirs": false,
"MetadataInfo": true,
"Move": true,
"OpenWriterAt": true,
"PublicLink": false,
"Purge": true,
"PutStream": true,
"PutUnchecked": false,
"ReadMetadata": true,
"ReadMimeType": false,
"ServerSideAcrossConfigs": false,
"SetTier": false,
"SetWrapper": false,
"Shutdown": false,
"SlowHash": true,
"SlowModTime": false,
"UnWrap": false,
"UserInfo": false,
"UserMetadata": true,
"WrapFs": false,
"WriteMetadata": true,
"WriteMimeType": false
},
// Names of hashes available
"Hashes": [
"md5",
"sha1",
"whirlpool",
"crc32",
"sha256",
"dropbox",
"mailru",
"quickxor"
],
"Name": "local", // Name as created
"Precision": 1, // Precision of timestamps in ns
"Root": "/", // Path as created
"String": "Local file system at /", // how the remote will appear in logs
// Information about the system metadata for this backend
"MetadataInfo": {
"System": {
"atime": {
"Help": "Time of last access",
"Type": "RFC 3339",
"Example": "2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00"
},
"btime": {
"Help": "Time of file birth (creation)",
"Type": "RFC 3339",
"Example": "2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00"
},
"gid": {
"Help": "Group ID of owner",
"Type": "decimal number",
"Example": "500"
},
"mode": {
"Help": "File type and mode",
"Type": "octal, unix style",
"Example": "0100664"
},
"mtime": {
"Help": "Time of last modification",
"Type": "RFC 3339",
"Example": "2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00"
},
"rdev": {
"Help": "Device ID (if special file)",
"Type": "hexadecimal",
"Example": "1abc"
},
"uid": {
"Help": "User ID of owner",
"Type": "decimal number",
"Example": "500"
}
},
"Help": "Textual help string\n"
}
}
This command does not have a command line equivalent so use this instead:
rclone rc --loopback operations/fsinfo fs=remote:
operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote e.g. "dir"
- opt - a dictionary of options to control the listing (optional)
- recurse - If set recurse directories
- noModTime - If set return modification time
- showEncrypted - If set show decrypted names
- showOrigIDs - If set show the IDs for each item if known
- showHash - If set return a dictionary of hashes
- noMimeType - If set don't show mime types
- dirsOnly - If set only show directories
- filesOnly - If set only show files
- metadata - If set return metadata of objects also
- hashTypes - array of strings of hash types to show if showHash set
Returns:
- list
- This is an array of objects as described in the lsjson command
See the lsjson command for more information on the above and examples.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote e.g. "dir"
See the mkdir command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote
This takes the following parameters:
- srcFs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:" for the source
- srcRemote - a path within that remote e.g. "file.txt" for the source
- dstFs - a remote name string e.g. "drive2:" for the destination
- dstRemote - a path within that remote e.g. "file2.txt" for the destination
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote e.g. "dir"
- unlink - boolean - if set removes the link rather than adding it (optional)
- expire - string - the expiry time of the link e.g. "1d" (optional)
Returns:
- url - URL of the resource
See the link command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote e.g. "dir"
See the purge command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote e.g. "dir"
See the rmdir command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote e.g. "dir"
- leaveRoot - boolean, set to true not to delete the root
See the rmdirs command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:path/to/dir"
Returns:
- count - number of files
- bytes - number of bytes in those files
See the size command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/stat: Give information about the supplied file or directory
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote eg "dir"
- opt - a dictionary of options to control the listing (optional)
- see operations/list for the options
The result is
- item - an object as described in the lsjson command. Will be null if not found.
Note that if you are only interested in files then it is much more efficient to set the filesOnly flag in the options.
See the lsjson command for more information on the above and examples.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/uploadfile: Upload file using multiform/form-data
This takes the following parameters:
- fs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote e.g. "dir"
- each part in body represents a file to be uploaded
See the uploadfile command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
options/blocks: List all the option blocks
Returns: - options - a list of the options block names
options/get: Get all the global options
Returns an object where keys are option block names and values are an object with the current option values in.
Note that these are the global options which are unaffected by use of the _config and _filter parameters. If you wish to read the parameters set in _config then use options/config and for _filter use options/filter.
This shows the internal names of the option within rclone which should map to the external options very easily with a few exceptions.
options/local: Get the currently active config for this call
Returns an object with the keys "config" and "filter". The "config" key contains the local config and the "filter" key contains the local filters.
Note that these are the local options specific to this rc call. If _config was not supplied then they will be the global options. Likewise with "_filter".
This call is mostly useful for seeing if _config and _filter passing is working.
This shows the internal names of the option within rclone which should map to the external options very easily with a few exceptions.
options/set: Set an option
Parameters:
- option block name containing an object with
- key: value
Repeated as often as required.
Only supply the options you wish to change. If an option is unknown it will be silently ignored. Not all options will have an effect when changed like this.
For example:
This sets DEBUG level logs (-vv) (these can be set by number or string)
rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": "DEBUG"}}'
rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 8}}'
And this sets INFO level logs (-v)
rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": "INFO"}}'
And this sets NOTICE level logs (normal without -v)
rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": "NOTICE"}}'
pluginsctl/addPlugin: Add a plugin using url
Used for adding a plugin to the webgui.
This takes the following parameters:
- url - http url of the github repo where the plugin is hosted (http://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react).
Example:
rclone rc pluginsctl/addPlugin
Authentication is required for this call.
pluginsctl/getPluginsForType: Get plugins with type criteria
This shows all possible plugins by a mime type.
This takes the following parameters:
- type - supported mime type by a loaded plugin e.g. (video/mp4, audio/mp3).
- pluginType - filter plugins based on their type e.g. (DASHBOARD, FILE_HANDLER, TERMINAL).
Returns:
- loadedPlugins - list of current production plugins.
- testPlugins - list of temporarily loaded development plugins, usually running on a different server.
Example:
rclone rc pluginsctl/getPluginsForType type=video/mp4
Authentication is required for this call.
pluginsctl/listPlugins: Get the list of currently loaded plugins
This allows you to get the currently enabled plugins and their details.
This takes no parameters and returns:
- loadedPlugins - list of current production plugins.
- testPlugins - list of temporarily loaded development plugins, usually running on a different server.
E.g.
rclone rc pluginsctl/listPlugins
Authentication is required for this call.
pluginsctl/listTestPlugins: Show currently loaded test plugins
Allows listing of test plugins with the rclone.test set to true in package.json of the plugin.
This takes no parameters and returns:
- loadedTestPlugins - list of currently available test plugins.
E.g.
rclone rc pluginsctl/listTestPlugins
Authentication is required for this call.
pluginsctl/removePlugin: Remove a loaded plugin
This allows you to remove a plugin using it's name.
This takes parameters:
- name - name of the plugin in the format author/plugin_name.
E.g.
rclone rc pluginsctl/removePlugin name=rclone/video-plugin
Authentication is required for this call.
pluginsctl/removeTestPlugin: Remove a test plugin
This allows you to remove a plugin using it's name.
This takes the following parameters:
- name - name of the plugin in the format author/plugin_name.
Example:
rclone rc pluginsctl/removeTestPlugin name=rclone/rclone-webui-react
Authentication is required for this call.
rc/error: This returns an error
This returns an error with the input as part of its error string. Useful for testing error handling.
rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands
This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in the commands response.
rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters
This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that parameter passing is working properly.
rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth
This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that parameter passing is working properly.
Authentication is required for this call.
sync/bisync: Perform bidirectional synchronization between two paths.
This takes the following parameters
- path1 - a remote directory string e.g. drive:path1
- path2 - a remote directory string e.g. drive:path2
- dryRun - dry-run mode
- resync - performs the resync run
- checkAccess - abort if RCLONE_TEST files are not found on both filesystems
- checkFilename - file name for checkAccess (default: RCLONE_TEST)
- maxDelete - abort sync if percentage of deleted files is above this threshold (default: 50)
- force - maxDelete safety check and run the sync
- checkSync - true by default, false disables comparison of final listings, only will skip sync, only compare listings from the last run
- removeEmptyDirs - remove empty directories at the final cleanup step
- filtersFile - read filtering patterns from a file
- workdir - server directory for history files (default: /home/ncw/.cache/rclone/bisync)
- noCleanup - retain working files
See bisync command help and full bisync description for more information.
Authentication is required for this call.
sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote
This takes the following parameters:
- srcFs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:src" for the source
- dstFs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:dst" for the destination
- createEmptySrcDirs - create empty src directories on destination if set
See the copy command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote
This takes the following parameters:
- srcFs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:src" for the source
- dstFs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:dst" for the destination
- createEmptySrcDirs - create empty src directories on destination if set
- deleteEmptySrcDirs - delete empty src directories if set
See the move command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote
This takes the following parameters:
- srcFs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:src" for the source
- dstFs - a remote name string e.g. "drive:dst" for the destination
- createEmptySrcDirs - create empty src directories on destination if set
See the sync command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache.
This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be re-read from the remote when needed.
If no paths are passed in then it will forget all the paths in the directory cache.
rclone rc vfs/forget
Otherwise pass files or dirs in as file=path or dir=path. Any parameter key starting with file will forget that file and any starting with dir will forget that dir, e.g.
rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk
This command takes an "fs" parameter. If this parameter is not supplied and if there is only one VFS in use then that VFS will be used. If there is more than one VFS in use then the "fs" parameter must be supplied.
vfs/list: List active VFSes.
This lists the active VFSes.
It returns a list under the key "vfses" where the values are the VFS names that could be passed to the other VFS commands in the "fs" parameter.
vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option.
Without any parameter given this returns the current status of the poll-interval setting.
When the interval=duration parameter is set, the poll-interval value is updated and the polling function is notified. Setting interval=0 disables poll-interval.
rclone rc vfs/poll-interval interval=5m
The timeout=duration parameter can be used to specify a time to wait for the current poll function to apply the new value. If timeout is less or equal 0, which is the default, wait indefinitely.
The new poll-interval value will only be active when the timeout is not reached.
If poll-interval is updated or disabled temporarily, some changes might not get picked up by the polling function, depending on the used remote.
This command takes an "fs" parameter. If this parameter is not supplied and if there is only one VFS in use then that VFS will be used. If there is more than one VFS in use then the "fs" parameter must be supplied.
vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache.
This reads the directories for the specified paths and freshens the directory cache.
If no paths are passed in then it will refresh the root directory.
rclone rc vfs/refresh
Otherwise pass directories in as dir=path. Any parameter key starting with dir will refresh that directory, e.g.
rclone rc vfs/refresh dir=home/junk dir2=data/misc
If the parameter recursive=true is given the whole directory tree will get refreshed. This refresh will use --fast-list if enabled.
This command takes an "fs" parameter. If this parameter is not supplied and if there is only one VFS in use then that VFS will be used. If there is more than one VFS in use then the "fs" parameter must be supplied.
vfs/stats: Stats for a VFS.
This returns stats for the selected VFS.
{
// Status of the disk cache - only present if --vfs-cache-mode > off
"diskCache": {
"bytesUsed": 0,
"erroredFiles": 0,
"files": 0,
"hashType": 1,
"outOfSpace": false,
"path": "/home/user/.cache/rclone/vfs/local/mnt/a",
"pathMeta": "/home/user/.cache/rclone/vfsMeta/local/mnt/a",
"uploadsInProgress": 0,
"uploadsQueued": 0
},
"fs": "/mnt/a",
"inUse": 1,
// Status of the in memory metadata cache
"metadataCache": {
"dirs": 1,
"files": 0
},
// Options as returned by options/get
"opt": {
"CacheMaxAge": 3600000000000,
// ...
"WriteWait": 1000000000
}
}
This command takes an "fs" parameter. If this parameter is not supplied and if there is only one VFS in use then that VFS will be used. If there is more than one VFS in use then the "fs" parameter must be supplied.
Accessing the remote control via HTTP
Rclone implements a simple HTTP based protocol.
Each endpoint takes an JSON object and returns a JSON object or an error. The JSON objects are essentially a map of string names to values.
All calls must made using POST.
The input objects can be supplied using URL parameters, POST parameters or by supplying "Content-Type: application/json" and a JSON blob in the body. There are examples of these below using curl.
The response will be a JSON blob in the body of the response. This is formatted to be reasonably human-readable.
Error returns
If an error occurs then there will be an HTTP error status (e.g. 500) and the body of the response will contain a JSON encoded error object, e.g.
{
"error": "Expecting string value for key \"remote\" (was float64)",
"input": {
"fs": "/tmp",
"remote": 3
},
"status": 400
"path": "operations/rmdir",
}
The keys in the error response are - error - error string - input - the input parameters to the call - status - the HTTP status code - path - the path of the call
CORS
The sever implements basic CORS support and allows all origins for that. The response to a preflight OPTIONS request will echo the requested "Access-Control-Request-Headers" back.
Using POST with URL parameters only
curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?potato=1&sausage=2'
Response
{
"potato": "1",
"sausage": "2"
}
Here is what an error response looks like:
curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error?potato=1&sausage=2'
{
"error": "arbitrary error on input map[potato:1 sausage:2]",
"input": {
"potato": "1",
"sausage": "2"
}
}
Note that curl doesn't return errors to the shell unless you use the -f option
$ curl -f -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error?potato=1&sausage=2'
curl: (22) The requested URL returned error: 400 Bad Request
$ echo $?
22
Using POST with a form
curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" http://localhost:5572/rc/noop
Response
{
"potato": "1",
"sausage": "2"
}
Note that you can combine these with URL parameters too with the POST parameters taking precedence.
curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" "http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?rutabaga=3&sausage=4"
Response
{
"potato": "1",
"rutabaga": "3",
"sausage": "4"
}
Using POST with a JSON blob
curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' http://localhost:5572/rc/noop
response
{
"password": "xyz",
"username": "xyz"
}
This can be combined with URL parameters too if required. The JSON blob takes precedence.
curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?rutabaga=3&potato=4'
{
"potato": 2,
"rutabaga": "3",
"sausage": 1
}
Debugging rclone with pprof
If you use the --rc flag this will also enable the use of the go profiling tools on the same port.
To use these, first install go.
Debugging memory use
To profile rclone's memory use you can run:
go tool pprof -web http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap
This should open a page in your browser showing what is using what memory.
You can also use the -te